1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (19752 41642))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5
"5x5" "\
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly
"5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current
"5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best
"5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate
"5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
55 (autoload '5x5-crack
"5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table
"abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil
)
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions
"ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
91 (autoload 'ada-mode
"ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
98 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 (autoload 'ada-header
"ada-stmt" "\
103 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
109 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
110 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
113 (autoload 'ada-find-file
"ada-xref" "\
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
117 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
121 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
122 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
123 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
124 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (19752
126 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
128 (put 'change-log-default-name
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
130 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
131 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
132 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
133 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
135 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function
"add-log" t
)
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
138 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
141 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name
"add-log" t
)
143 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
144 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
145 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
146 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
147 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
148 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
150 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address
"add-log" t
)
152 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name
"add-log" "\
153 Prompt for a change log name.
157 (autoload 'find-change-log
"add-log" "\
158 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
160 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
161 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
163 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
165 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
166 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
167 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
169 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
170 current buffer to the complete file name.
171 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
173 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
175 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry
"add-log" "\
176 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
177 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
178 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
180 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
181 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
183 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
185 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
186 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
187 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
189 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
190 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
191 after a comma on an existing line.
193 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
194 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
197 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
198 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
201 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
202 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil
)
206 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
"add-log" "\
207 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
208 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
209 the change log file in another window.
211 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
213 (autoload 'change-log-mode
"add-log" "\
214 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
215 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
216 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
217 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
218 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
220 \\{change-log-mode-map}
224 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
'(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
) "\
225 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
227 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
'(c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
) "\
228 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
230 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
'(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode
) "\
231 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
233 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun
"add-log" "\
234 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
236 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
237 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
239 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
240 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
241 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
242 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
243 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
245 Has a preference of looking backwards.
249 (autoload 'change-log-merge
"add-log" "\
250 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
251 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
252 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
255 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
256 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
258 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
262 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
263 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
264 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (19752 41642))
265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
267 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
'warn
"\
268 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
269 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
270 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
271 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
272 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
273 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
274 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
275 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
276 interpreted as `error'.")
278 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action
"advice" t
)
280 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
'maybe
"\
281 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
282 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
283 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
284 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
285 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
286 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
287 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
289 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action
"advice" t
)
291 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice
"advice" "\
292 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
294 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
296 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice
"advice" "\
297 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
299 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
301 (autoload 'ad-add-advice
"advice" "\
302 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
304 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
305 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
306 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
307 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
308 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
310 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
311 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
314 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
315 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
316 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
317 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
318 mapped to the closest extremal position).
320 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
321 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
322 the cache-id will clear the cache.
324 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
326 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
328 (autoload 'ad-activate
"advice" "\
329 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
330 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
331 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
332 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
333 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
334 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
335 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
336 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
337 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
338 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
339 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
340 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
341 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
342 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
343 definition will always be cached for later usage.
345 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil
)
347 (autoload 'defadvice
"advice" "\
348 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
349 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
351 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
352 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
355 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
356 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
357 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
358 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
359 see also `ad-add-advice'.
360 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
361 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
362 before/around/after-advices will be used.
363 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
364 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
365 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
366 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
367 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
368 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
370 Semantics of the various flags:
371 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
372 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
373 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
375 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
376 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
378 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
379 advised function should be compiled.
381 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
382 during activation until somebody enables it.
384 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
385 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
386 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
387 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
389 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
390 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
391 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
392 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
393 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
396 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
397 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
398 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
401 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
405 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
406 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
407 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (19752 41642))
408 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
410 (autoload 'align
"align" "\
411 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
412 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
413 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
414 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
415 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
416 rule's `separate' attribute).
418 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
419 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
420 `separate' attribute set.
422 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
423 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
424 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
425 on the format of these lists.
427 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
429 (autoload 'align-regexp
"align" "\
430 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
431 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
432 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
433 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
434 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
435 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
436 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
437 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
438 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
441 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
442 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
446 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
449 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
450 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
451 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
453 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
455 (autoload 'align-entire
"align" "\
456 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
457 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
458 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
459 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
462 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
464 (autoload 'align-current
"align" "\
465 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
466 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
467 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
468 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
469 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
470 been used to align that section.
472 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
474 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule
"align" "\
475 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
476 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
477 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
478 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
479 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
482 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
484 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule
"align" "\
485 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
489 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent
"align" "\
490 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
496 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
497 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
498 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
500 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
502 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies
'safe-local-variable
'(lambda (x) (memq x
'(nil t text force
))))
504 (put 'allout-show-bodies
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
506 (put 'allout-header-prefix
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
508 (put 'allout-primary-bullet
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
510 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
512 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
514 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader
'safe-local-variable
'(lambda (x) (or (memq x
'(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start
)) (stringp x
))))
516 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
518 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
520 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
'(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
522 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
'(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
524 (put 'allout-presentation-padding
'safe-local-variable
'integerp
)
526 (put 'allout-layout
'safe-local-variable
'(lambda (x) (or (numberp x
) (listp x
) (memq x
'(: * + -
)))))
528 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
530 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
532 (autoload 'allout-mode
"allout" "\
533 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
536 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
537 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
538 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
540 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
541 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
542 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
543 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
544 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
547 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
549 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
550 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
551 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
552 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
553 - easy topic encryption and decryption
554 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
555 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
556 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
558 and many other features.
560 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
561 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
562 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
563 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
564 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
566 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
567 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
568 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
569 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
570 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
571 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
572 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
573 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
577 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
578 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
579 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
580 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
581 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
585 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
586 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
587 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
588 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
589 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
590 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
591 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
592 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
593 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
594 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
597 Topic Header Production:
598 -----------------------
599 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
600 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
601 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
603 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
604 ---------------------------------
605 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
606 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
607 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
609 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
610 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
611 are alternated according to nesting depth.
612 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
613 the offspring are not affected.
614 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
616 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
617 ----------------------------------
618 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
619 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
620 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
621 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
622 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
623 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
624 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
625 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
627 Topic-oriented Encryption:
628 -------------------------
629 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
630 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
634 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
635 and establish a default file-var setting
637 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
638 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
639 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
640 buffer with name derived from derived from that
641 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
642 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
643 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
644 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
646 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
651 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
652 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
653 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
654 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
656 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
657 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
658 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
659 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
661 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
662 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
663 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
666 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
667 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
672 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
673 navigation and exposure control.
675 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
676 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
677 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
678 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
679 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
681 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
682 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
683 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
684 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
685 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
687 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
688 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
689 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
690 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
691 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
692 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
693 at the beginning of the current entry.
697 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
698 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
699 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
702 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
703 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
704 `allout-structure-added-hook'
705 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
706 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
710 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
712 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
713 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
714 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
716 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
717 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
718 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
720 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
723 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
724 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
727 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
729 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
731 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
733 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
735 Topic text constituents:
737 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
739 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
740 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
742 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
743 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
744 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
745 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
746 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
747 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
748 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
751 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
754 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
755 It can be customized by changing the setting of
756 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
758 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
759 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
760 program code without interfering with processing of the text
761 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
762 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
763 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
764 docstring for more detail.
766 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
767 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
768 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
769 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
770 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
771 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
772 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
773 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
774 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
775 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
776 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
779 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
780 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
782 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
783 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
785 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
786 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
787 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
789 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil
)
791 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky
'outlineify-sticky
)
793 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky
"allout" "\
794 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
796 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
797 setup for auto-startup.
799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
803 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
804 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (19752 41642))
805 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
807 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir
'ange-ftp-reread-dir
)
809 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir
"ange-ftp" "\
810 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
811 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
812 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
813 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
814 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
816 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
818 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function
"ange-ftp" "\
821 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
825 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
826 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (19752 41642))
827 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
829 (autoload 'animate-string
"animate" "\
830 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
831 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
832 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
833 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
834 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
835 in the current window.
837 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
839 (autoload 'animate-sequence
"animate" "\
840 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
841 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
843 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
845 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present
"animate" "\
846 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
847 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
849 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
853 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
854 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (19752 41642))
855 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
857 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
"ansi-color" "\
858 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
862 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output
"ansi-color" "\
863 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
865 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
866 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
867 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
868 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
870 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
871 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
873 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
875 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil
)
879 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
880 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19752 41642))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
883 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules
"antlr-mode" "\
884 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
885 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
886 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
887 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
890 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
891 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
892 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
895 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
896 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
897 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
898 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
902 (autoload 'antlr-mode
"antlr-mode" "\
903 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
908 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs
"antlr-mode" "\
909 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
910 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
916 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
917 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (19752 41642))
918 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
920 (autoload 'appt-add
"appt" "\
921 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
922 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
923 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
924 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
925 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
927 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil
)
929 (autoload 'appt-delete
"appt" "\
930 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
934 (autoload 'appt-make-list
"appt" "\
935 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
936 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
937 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
938 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
939 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
940 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
942 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this function.
944 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
945 appointment package (if it is not already active).
949 (autoload 'appt-activate
"appt" "\
950 Toggle checking of appointments.
951 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
952 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
958 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
959 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
960 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (19752 41642))
961 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
963 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern
"apropos" "\
964 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
965 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
966 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
968 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
969 kind of objects to search.
971 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil
)
973 (autoload 'apropos-variable
"apropos" "\
974 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
975 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
976 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
977 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
978 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
980 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
983 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
985 (defalias 'command-apropos
'apropos-command
)
987 (autoload 'apropos-command
"apropos" "\
988 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
989 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
990 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
991 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
992 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
994 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
995 noninteractive functions.
997 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
998 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1000 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1001 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1003 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
1005 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property
"apropos" "\
1006 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1008 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
1010 (autoload 'apropos
"apropos" "\
1011 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1012 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1013 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1015 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1016 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1017 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1018 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1020 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1021 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1023 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1025 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1027 (autoload 'apropos-library
"apropos" "\
1028 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1029 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1030 thus be found in `load-history'.
1034 (autoload 'apropos-value
"apropos" "\
1035 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1036 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1037 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1038 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1039 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1041 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1042 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1043 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1045 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1047 (autoload 'apropos-documentation
"apropos" "\
1048 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1049 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1050 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1051 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1052 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1054 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1055 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1057 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1059 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1063 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (19752
1065 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1067 (autoload 'archive-mode
"arc-mode" "\
1068 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1069 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1070 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1071 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1072 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1074 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1075 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1078 \\{archive-mode-map}
1080 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
1084 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (19752 41642))
1085 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1087 (autoload 'array-mode
"array" "\
1088 Major mode for editing arrays.
1090 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1091 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1092 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1094 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1096 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1097 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1098 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1100 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1101 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1102 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1103 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1106 Variables you assign:
1107 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1108 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1109 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1110 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1111 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1112 row numbers in the buffer.
1114 Variables which are calculated:
1115 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1116 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1118 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1119 take a numeric prefix argument):
1121 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1122 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1123 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1124 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1126 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1127 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1128 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1129 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1131 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1132 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1133 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1134 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1136 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1137 between that of point and mark.
1139 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1140 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1142 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1143 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1144 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1145 newlines inside rows)
1147 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1149 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1155 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (19752
1157 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1159 (autoload 'artist-mode
"artist" "\
1161 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1162 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1163 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1165 How to quit Artist mode
1167 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1170 How to submit a bug report
1172 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1175 Drawing with the mouse:
1178 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1179 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1183 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1186 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1187 --------------------------------------------------------------
1188 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1190 --------------------------------------------------------------
1191 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1192 --------------------------------------------------------------
1193 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1194 --------------------------------------------------------------
1195 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1196 --------------------------------------------------------------
1197 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1198 --------------------------------------------------------------
1199 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1200 --------------------------------------------------------------
1201 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1202 --------------------------------------------------------------
1203 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1204 --------------------------------------------------------------
1205 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1207 --------------------------------------------------------------
1208 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1209 --------------------------------------------------------------
1210 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1211 --------------------------------------------------------------
1213 --------------------------------------------------------------
1214 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1215 --------------------------------------------------------------
1217 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1220 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1221 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1222 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1223 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1226 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1227 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1228 overwrite means the opposite.
1230 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1231 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1232 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1234 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1236 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1237 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1239 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1240 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1241 are currently drawing something.
1243 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1247 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1248 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1253 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1255 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1257 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1259 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1261 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1262 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1264 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1269 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1270 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1271 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1272 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1273 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1274 When pasting: Pastes
1276 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1278 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1280 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1281 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1282 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1283 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1284 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1285 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1290 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1291 of the line/poly-line
1293 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1294 of the line/poly-line
1299 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1301 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1302 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1303 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1304 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1305 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1306 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1307 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1308 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1309 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1310 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1311 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1312 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1313 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1314 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1315 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1316 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1317 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1318 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1319 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1320 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1325 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1326 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1328 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1329 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1330 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1331 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1332 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1333 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1334 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1335 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1336 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1337 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1338 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1339 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1340 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1341 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1342 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1343 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1344 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1345 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1346 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1350 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1351 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1358 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil
)
1362 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (19752
1364 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1366 (autoload 'asm-mode
"asm-mode" "\
1367 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1368 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1370 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1371 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1372 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1373 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1375 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1376 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1378 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1379 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1381 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1390 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1391 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
1392 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1394 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1395 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1396 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1398 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1400 (autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" "\
1401 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1402 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1403 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1404 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1405 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1406 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1407 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1408 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1409 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1412 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1413 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1414 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1415 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1416 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1418 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1422 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1423 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1424 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1425 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1426 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1427 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1429 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1431 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" "\
1432 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1433 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1434 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1435 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1436 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1438 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1444 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1445 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
1446 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1448 (autoload 'autoconf-mode
"autoconf" "\
1449 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1455 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1456 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (19752 41642))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1459 (autoload 'auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1460 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1461 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1465 (autoload 'define-auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1466 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1467 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1468 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1470 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1472 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1473 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1474 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1475 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1476 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1477 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1479 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" nil
)
1481 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" "\
1482 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1483 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1484 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1486 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1487 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1493 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1494 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1495 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
1496 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1498 (put 'generated-autoload-file
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1500 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1502 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1503 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1504 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1505 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1506 save the buffer too.
1508 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1510 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil
)
1512 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1513 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1514 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1515 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1516 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1517 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1519 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1520 directory or directories specified.
1522 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1524 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1525 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1526 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1532 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1533 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1534 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (19752 41642))
1535 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1537 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1538 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1540 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1541 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1542 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1543 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1544 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1548 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1549 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1551 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1552 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1556 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1557 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1558 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1560 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1561 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1562 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1563 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1564 reflected in the current buffer.
1566 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1567 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1568 writing before you save the file!
1570 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1574 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1575 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1577 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1578 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1582 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1583 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1584 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1585 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1586 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1587 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1589 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" nil
)
1591 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1592 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1593 With optional prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert Mode
1594 if ARG > 0, else disable it.
1596 This is a global minor mode that reverts any buffer associated
1597 with a file when the file changes on disk. Use `auto-revert-mode'
1598 to revert a particular buffer.
1600 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1601 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1602 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1603 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1604 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1606 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1607 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1608 specifies in the mode line.
1610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1614 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1615 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (19752 41642))
1616 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1618 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1619 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1620 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1621 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1622 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1624 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" nil
)
1626 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" "\
1627 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1628 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1629 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1631 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1632 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1633 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1635 Effects of the different modes:
1636 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1637 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1638 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1639 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1640 a random distance & direction.
1641 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1642 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1643 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1645 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1647 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1648 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1649 definition of \"random distance\".)
1651 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1655 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1656 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
1657 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1658 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1660 (autoload 'battery
"battery" "\
1661 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1662 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1663 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1667 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1668 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1669 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1670 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1671 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1672 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1674 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" nil
)
1676 (autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" "\
1677 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1678 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1679 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1680 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1687 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1688 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (19752 41642))
1689 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1691 (autoload 'benchmark-run
"benchmark" "\
1692 Time execution of FORMS.
1693 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1694 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1696 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1697 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1698 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1700 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1702 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled
"benchmark" "\
1703 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1704 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1705 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1706 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1708 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1710 (autoload 'benchmark
"benchmark" "\
1711 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1712 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1713 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1714 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1716 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1720 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1721 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (19752 41642))
1722 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1724 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize
"bibtex" "\
1725 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1726 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1727 of corresponding buffers.
1728 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1729 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1730 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1731 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1732 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1733 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1735 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil
)
1737 (autoload 'bibtex-mode
"bibtex" "\
1738 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1740 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1742 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1743 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1744 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1745 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1747 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1748 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1749 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1750 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1751 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1753 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1754 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1757 Special information:
1759 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1761 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1762 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1763 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1764 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1765 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1766 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1767 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1768 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1769 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1770 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1771 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1773 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1774 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1775 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1776 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1777 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1778 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1779 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1780 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1782 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1784 ----------------------------------------------------------
1785 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1786 if that value is non-nil.
1792 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry
"bibtex" "\
1793 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1794 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1795 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1796 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1797 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1798 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1799 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1800 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1801 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1803 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil
)
1807 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1808 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
1809 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1810 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist
(cons (purecopy "\\.bst\\'") 'bibtex-style-mode
))
1812 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode
"bibtex-style" "\
1813 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1819 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1820 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1821 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
1822 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1824 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1826 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal
"binhex" "\
1827 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1828 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1830 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1832 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external
"binhex" "\
1833 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1835 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1837 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region
"binhex" "\
1838 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1840 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1844 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (19752
1846 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1848 (autoload 'blackbox
"blackbox" "\
1850 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1854 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1855 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1856 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1857 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1858 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1863 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1864 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1867 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1870 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1871 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1873 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1874 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1876 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1877 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1878 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1879 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1880 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1881 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1885 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1887 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1888 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1889 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1890 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1892 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1893 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1894 denoted by the letter `R'.
1896 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1897 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1898 denoted by the letter `H'.
1900 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1903 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1904 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1905 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1906 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1907 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1908 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1911 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1912 degree deflection it causes.
1915 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1916 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1917 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1918 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1919 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1920 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1921 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1922 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1925 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1926 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1929 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1930 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1931 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1932 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1933 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1934 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1935 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1936 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1938 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1939 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1940 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1941 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1942 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1943 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1944 emerging from the box.
1946 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1948 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1949 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1950 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1951 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1952 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1953 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1954 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1955 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1957 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1964 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
1965 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
1966 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
1967 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1968 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (19752 41642))
1969 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1970 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"b" 'bookmark-jump
)
1971 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
)
1972 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
1974 (defvar bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map
"x" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window
) (define-key map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
) (define-key map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
) (define-key map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) (define-key map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
) (define-key map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
) (define-key map
"l" 'bookmark-load
) (define-key map
"w" 'bookmark-write
) (define-key map
"s" 'bookmark-save
) map
) "\
1975 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1976 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1977 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1978 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1979 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1980 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map
)
1982 (autoload 'bookmark-set
"bookmark" "\
1983 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
1984 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
1986 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
1987 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
1988 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
1989 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
1990 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
1993 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1994 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1995 yank successive words.
1997 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
1998 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
1999 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2000 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2001 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2003 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2004 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2005 the list of bookmarks.)
2007 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil
)
2009 (autoload 'bookmark-jump
"bookmark" "\
2010 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2011 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2012 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2013 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2016 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2017 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2018 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2019 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2021 BOOKMARK may be a bookmark name (a string) or a bookmark record, but
2022 the latter is usually only used by programmatic callers.
2024 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2025 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2026 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2028 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil
)
2030 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window
"bookmark" "\
2031 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2033 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2035 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate
"bookmark" "\
2036 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2037 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2039 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2040 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2041 after a bookmark was set in it.
2043 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2045 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location
"bookmark" "\
2046 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2047 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2049 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2050 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2052 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
2054 (defalias 'bookmark-locate
'bookmark-insert-location
)
2056 (autoload 'bookmark-rename
"bookmark" "\
2057 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2058 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2059 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2061 Both OLD and NEW are bookmark names (strings), never bookmark records.
2063 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2064 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2065 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2067 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2068 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2071 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil
)
2073 (autoload 'bookmark-insert
"bookmark" "\
2074 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2075 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2077 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2078 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2079 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2082 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2084 (autoload 'bookmark-delete
"bookmark" "\
2085 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2086 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2088 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2089 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2090 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2091 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2092 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2093 probably because we were called from there.
2095 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
2097 (autoload 'bookmark-write
"bookmark" "\
2098 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2099 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2103 (autoload 'bookmark-save
"bookmark" "\
2104 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2105 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2106 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2109 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2110 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2111 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2112 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2113 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2115 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2116 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2117 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2118 `bookmark-default-file'.
2120 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
2122 (autoload 'bookmark-load
"bookmark" "\
2123 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2124 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2125 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2126 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2129 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2130 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2131 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2132 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2133 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2136 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2137 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2138 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2139 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2141 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2143 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list
"bookmark" "\
2144 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2145 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2146 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2147 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2151 (defalias 'list-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2153 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2155 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search
"bookmark" "\
2156 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2160 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map
[load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2162 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2166 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2167 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2168 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2169 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2170 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2171 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2172 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2173 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2174 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2175 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
2176 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2178 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2179 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2180 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2181 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2183 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2184 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2185 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2186 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2187 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2189 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2191 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program (purecopy "firefox") "\
2192 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2194 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2196 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program (purecopy "galeon") "\
2197 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2199 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2201 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2206 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2207 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2208 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2209 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2210 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2211 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2213 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2215 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2216 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2217 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2218 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2221 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2223 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2224 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2228 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2229 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2231 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2233 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2234 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2235 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2236 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2238 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2240 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2241 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2242 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2243 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2247 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2248 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2249 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2250 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2251 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2256 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2257 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2258 Default to the URL around or before point.
2260 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2261 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2262 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2263 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2265 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2266 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2268 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2269 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2271 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2273 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2274 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2275 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2276 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2278 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2279 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2280 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2281 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2283 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2284 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2285 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2287 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2288 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2290 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2292 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2293 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2294 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2295 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2297 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2298 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2299 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2300 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2302 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2303 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2304 new tab in an existing window instead.
2306 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2307 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2309 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2311 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2312 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2313 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2314 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2317 When called interactively, if variable
2318 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2319 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2320 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2321 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2323 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2324 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2325 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2327 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2328 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2330 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2331 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2332 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2333 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2334 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2335 URL in a new window.
2337 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2339 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2340 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2341 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2342 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2344 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2345 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2346 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2347 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2349 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2350 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2351 new tab in an existing window instead.
2353 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2354 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2356 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2358 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2359 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2361 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2363 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2364 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2365 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2366 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2368 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2369 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2370 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2371 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2373 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2374 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2376 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2378 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2379 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2381 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2382 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2383 program is invoked according to the variable
2384 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2386 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2387 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2388 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2389 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2391 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2392 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2394 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2396 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point.
2400 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2401 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2402 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2404 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2405 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2406 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2407 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2409 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2410 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2412 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2414 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2415 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2416 Default to the URL around or before point.
2418 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2419 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2420 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2422 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2423 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2425 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2427 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2428 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2429 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2430 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2432 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2434 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2435 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2436 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2437 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2438 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2439 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2441 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2443 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2444 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2445 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2446 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2447 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2449 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2450 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2451 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2452 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2454 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2455 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2457 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2459 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2460 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2461 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2462 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2463 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2466 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2467 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2468 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2469 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2471 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2472 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2474 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2476 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2477 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2478 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2479 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2480 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2481 don't offer a form of remote control.
2483 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2485 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2486 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2487 Default to the URL around or before point.
2489 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2491 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2492 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2493 Default to the URL around the point.
2495 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2496 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2498 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2499 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2501 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2505 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (19752
2507 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2509 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2510 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2514 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2515 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2521 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2522 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (19752 41642))
2523 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2525 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2526 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2527 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2528 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2532 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2533 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2534 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2535 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2539 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2540 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2544 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2545 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2547 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2548 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2549 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2550 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2552 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2553 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2554 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2555 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2556 name of buffer configuration.
2562 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (19752 41642))
2563 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2565 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2567 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2568 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2569 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2570 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2571 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2572 columns on its right towards the left.
2574 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2575 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2576 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2577 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2583 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2584 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (19752 41642))
2585 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2587 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2589 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2590 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2594 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2595 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2601 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2602 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2603 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2604 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2605 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (19752 41642))
2606 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2607 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2608 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2609 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2611 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2613 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2614 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2615 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2616 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2617 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2618 else the global value will be modified.
2620 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2622 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2623 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2624 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2625 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2626 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2627 else the global value will be modified.
2629 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2631 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2632 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2633 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2635 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2637 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2638 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2639 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2640 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2642 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2643 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2644 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2645 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2646 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2649 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2650 that already has a `.elc' file.
2652 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2653 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2655 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2656 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2657 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2658 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2659 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2660 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2662 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2664 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2665 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2666 Print the result in the echo area.
2667 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2671 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2672 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2673 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2675 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2677 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2678 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2679 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2680 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2681 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2682 all functions called by those functions.
2684 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2685 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2688 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2689 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2690 invoked interactively.
2692 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2694 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2695 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2696 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2697 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2701 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2702 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2703 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2704 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2705 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2706 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2707 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2710 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2712 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2713 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2714 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2715 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2717 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2718 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2719 and corresponding effects.
2721 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19752
2727 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2729 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2731 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19752 41642))
2736 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2738 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2740 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2742 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2746 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2747 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
2748 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2750 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2751 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2752 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2753 from the cursor position.
2755 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2757 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2761 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2762 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2763 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (19752
2765 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2766 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2768 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2769 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2773 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2774 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2776 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2778 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2779 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2781 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2783 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2784 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2788 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2789 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2790 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2791 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2793 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2795 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2796 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2797 This is most useful in the X window system.
2798 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2799 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2801 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2803 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2804 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2805 See calc-keypad for details.
2807 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2809 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2810 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2812 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2814 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2815 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2817 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2819 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2820 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2822 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2824 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2825 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2826 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2828 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2830 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2831 Define Calc function.
2833 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2834 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2835 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2837 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2838 actual Lisp function name.
2840 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2842 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2846 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (19752
2848 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2850 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2851 Run the Emacs calculator.
2852 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2858 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (19752
2860 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2862 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2863 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2864 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2865 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2866 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2867 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2869 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2870 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2871 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2872 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2873 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2874 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2875 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2876 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2879 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2880 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2882 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2883 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2884 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2885 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2886 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2887 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2889 Runs the following hooks:
2891 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2892 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2893 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2894 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2896 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2902 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2903 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (19752 41642))
2904 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2906 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2907 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2909 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2911 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2912 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2913 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2916 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2920 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2921 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
2922 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2924 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2925 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2927 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2928 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2929 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2930 restriction to ASCII.
2932 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2937 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2938 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2939 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2941 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2942 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2943 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2944 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2945 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2946 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2947 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2949 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2950 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (19752
2958 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2959 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2963 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2964 ;;;;;; (19776 49463))
2965 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2967 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2968 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2974 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2975 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2976 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
2977 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2979 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2980 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2981 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2982 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2983 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2984 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2985 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2987 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2989 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2990 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2991 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2992 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2993 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2994 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2995 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2996 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2997 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
2998 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3000 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3001 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3002 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3003 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3004 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3005 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3007 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3009 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3010 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3017 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3018 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3020 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3021 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3022 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3023 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3024 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3025 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3028 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3030 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3031 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3038 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3039 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3040 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3042 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3043 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3044 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3045 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3046 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3047 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3050 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3052 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3053 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3060 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3061 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3062 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3064 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3065 Major mode for editing Java code.
3066 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3067 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3068 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3069 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3072 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3074 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3075 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3082 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3083 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3084 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3086 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3087 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3088 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3089 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3090 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3091 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3094 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3096 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3097 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3104 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3105 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3106 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3107 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3109 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3110 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3111 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3112 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3113 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3114 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3117 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3119 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3120 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3126 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3127 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3128 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3129 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3130 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3131 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3135 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3136 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (19752 41642))
3137 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3139 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3140 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3141 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3142 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3144 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3146 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3147 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3150 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3151 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3152 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3153 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3156 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3157 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3158 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3159 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3162 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3164 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3165 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3166 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3167 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3169 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3171 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3172 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3173 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3175 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3177 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3178 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3179 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3180 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3181 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3183 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (19752 41642))
3188 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3189 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3190 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3191 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3195 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3196 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3197 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
3198 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3200 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3201 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3203 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3205 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3206 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3208 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3210 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3211 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3213 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3214 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3215 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3216 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3219 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3221 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3223 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3224 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3226 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3227 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3231 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3232 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3233 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3234 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3235 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3238 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3239 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3240 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3241 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3243 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3244 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3247 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3249 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3251 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3254 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3255 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3257 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3258 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3259 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3262 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3264 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3265 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3266 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3268 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3270 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3272 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3273 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3275 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3279 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3281 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3283 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3284 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3287 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3288 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3291 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3293 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3294 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3295 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3296 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3297 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3298 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3299 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3300 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3301 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3302 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3303 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3304 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3305 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3306 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3307 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3308 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3311 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3312 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3314 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3315 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3317 | (write EXPRESSION)
3318 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3319 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3322 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3325 ;; Same as: (write string)
3327 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3328 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3329 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3332 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3333 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3334 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3335 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3336 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3337 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3339 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3340 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3342 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3345 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3346 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3347 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3349 ARG := REG | integer
3352 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3355 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3358 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3361 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3362 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3365 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3366 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3367 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3370 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3371 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3372 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3375 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3376 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3378 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3379 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3380 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3383 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3384 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3387 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3388 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3390 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3393 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3397 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3398 ;; Same meaning as C code
3399 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3401 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3406 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3407 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3410 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3411 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3415 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3419 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3420 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3421 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3423 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3424 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3425 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3427 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3428 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3429 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3430 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3431 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3434 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3436 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3437 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3438 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3439 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3440 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3441 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3443 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3445 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3446 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3447 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3449 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3451 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3455 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3456 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
3457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3459 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3460 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3461 There are no special keybindings by default.
3463 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3464 to the action header.
3470 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3471 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19752 41642))
3472 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3474 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3475 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3476 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3480 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3481 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3482 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3488 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3489 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3490 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3491 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3492 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3493 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3494 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3495 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3496 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (19770 11773))
3497 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3498 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3499 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3500 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3501 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3502 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3504 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3509 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3510 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3511 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3512 the users will view as each check is completed.
3516 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3517 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3518 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3519 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3520 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3521 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3522 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3523 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3525 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3527 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3528 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3529 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3530 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3531 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3532 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3533 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3534 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3536 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3538 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3539 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3540 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3541 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3542 spacing are all verified.
3546 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3547 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3548 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3549 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3550 otherwise stop after the first error.
3552 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3554 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3555 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3556 Only documentation strings are checked.
3557 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3558 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3561 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3563 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3564 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3565 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3566 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3567 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3569 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3571 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3572 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3573 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3574 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3577 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3579 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3580 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3581 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3582 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3584 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3586 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3588 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3589 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3590 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3592 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3594 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3595 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3596 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3597 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3598 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3602 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3603 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3604 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3605 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3606 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3607 space at the end of each line.
3609 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3611 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3612 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3613 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3614 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3616 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3618 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3619 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3620 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3621 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3623 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3625 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3626 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3627 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3628 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3630 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3632 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3633 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3634 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3635 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3637 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3639 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3640 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3641 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3642 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3644 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3646 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3647 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3648 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3649 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3651 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3653 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3654 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3655 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3656 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3658 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3660 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3661 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3662 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3663 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3665 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3667 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3668 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3669 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3670 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3672 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3674 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3675 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3676 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3679 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3680 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3681 checking of documentation strings.
3683 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3689 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3690 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3691 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (19752 41642))
3692 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3694 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3695 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3696 Return the length of resulting text.
3698 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3700 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3701 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3705 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3706 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3707 Return the length of resulting text.
3709 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3711 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3712 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3716 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3721 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3724 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3728 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3729 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (19752 41642))
3730 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3732 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3733 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3734 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3735 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3736 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3737 editing and the result is evaluated.
3739 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3741 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3742 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3743 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3744 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3745 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3747 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3751 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3752 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3753 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3754 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3755 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3757 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3758 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3759 \\{command-history-map}
3761 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3762 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (19752 41642))
3769 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3771 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3772 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3773 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3774 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3775 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3776 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3778 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3779 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3783 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3784 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
3785 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3787 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3788 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
3789 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
3790 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
3791 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
3792 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
3793 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
3796 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
3797 function's common-lisp-indent-function property specifies how
3798 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
3801 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
3802 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
3804 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
3805 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
3806 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
3807 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
3808 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
3809 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
3810 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
3811 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
3812 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
3813 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
3814 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
3815 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
3817 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
3818 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
3819 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
3821 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
3822 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
3823 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
3826 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
3828 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
3830 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
3832 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
3833 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
3835 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
3836 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
3838 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
3839 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
3840 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
3841 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
3842 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
3843 value specified by their associated list element.
3845 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
3847 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
3848 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
3849 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
3851 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
3852 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
3853 * indent the first argument by 4.
3854 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
3855 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
3856 have an offset of 2+1=3.
3858 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3862 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3863 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
3864 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3866 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3867 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3868 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3869 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3871 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3872 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3873 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3874 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3876 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3877 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3879 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3883 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (19752
3885 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3887 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3888 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3889 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3890 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3891 of `scheme-program-name').
3892 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3893 it is given as initial input.
3894 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3895 discards input when it starts up.
3896 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3898 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3901 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*scheme*"))
3905 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3906 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3907 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3908 ;;;;;; (19776 18606))
3909 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3911 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3912 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3913 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3914 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3915 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3916 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3917 functions have already modified the buffer.
3919 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3921 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3922 either globally or locally.")
3924 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
3926 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3927 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3928 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3929 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3930 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3931 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3932 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3933 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3934 process as its initial input.
3936 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3938 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
3940 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3942 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3943 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3944 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3945 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3946 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3947 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3948 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3949 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3950 process as its initial input.
3952 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3954 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
3956 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3958 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3959 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3960 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3961 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3962 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3963 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3965 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3967 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
3968 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3969 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3970 directory tracking functions.")
3972 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3973 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3974 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3976 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3978 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3980 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3981 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3982 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3984 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3986 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3988 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3989 Send COMMAND to current process.
3990 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3991 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3993 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3995 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3996 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3997 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3998 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4000 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4004 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (19752
4006 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4008 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4009 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4010 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4011 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4013 This command pushes the mark in each window
4014 at the prior location of point in that window.
4015 If both windows display the same buffer,
4016 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4017 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4019 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4020 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4021 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4022 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4023 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4024 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4025 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4028 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4029 this command work in interlaced mode:
4030 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4031 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4032 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4034 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4038 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4039 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4040 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4041 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4042 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (19770
4044 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4046 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4047 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4049 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4051 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4052 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4053 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4054 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4055 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4056 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4057 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4059 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4061 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4062 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4064 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4066 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4067 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4068 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4069 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4070 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4071 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4072 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4074 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4075 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4076 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4077 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4078 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4080 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4081 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4082 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4083 describing how the process finished.")
4085 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4086 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4087 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4088 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4089 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4091 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4092 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4093 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4095 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4097 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4098 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4099 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4100 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4102 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4104 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4105 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4107 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4108 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4110 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4112 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4113 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4114 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4115 (concat \"make -k \"
4116 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4118 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4119 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4121 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4122 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4123 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4124 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4126 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4128 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4129 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4130 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4131 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4133 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4134 and move to the source code that caused it.
4136 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4137 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4139 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4140 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4141 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4142 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4144 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4145 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4146 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4147 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4149 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4150 kills its subprocesses.
4152 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4153 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4154 to a function that generates a unique name.
4156 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4158 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4159 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4160 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4161 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4163 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4164 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4166 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4167 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4168 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4169 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4171 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4172 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4173 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4175 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4177 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4179 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4180 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4181 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4182 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4183 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4185 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4187 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4189 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4191 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4192 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4193 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4194 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4195 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4196 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4197 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4201 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4202 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4203 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4204 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4205 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4206 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4210 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4211 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4212 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4214 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4216 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.gcov\\'") 'compilation-mode))
4220 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4221 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
4222 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4224 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4225 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4226 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4227 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4228 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4229 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4231 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4233 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4234 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4235 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4237 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4238 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4239 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4240 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4242 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4243 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4244 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4245 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4247 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4248 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4249 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4250 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4252 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4253 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4254 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4255 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4256 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4262 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4263 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
4264 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4266 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4267 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4268 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4269 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4270 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4271 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4273 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4275 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4276 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4282 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4283 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4284 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4285 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
4286 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4288 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4289 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4290 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4291 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4292 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4293 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4294 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4296 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4297 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4298 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4300 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4301 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4302 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4304 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4305 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4306 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4307 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4309 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4310 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4311 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4312 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4313 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4314 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4315 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4321 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4322 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4323 Comments start with `#'.
4324 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4326 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4336 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4337 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4338 Comments start with `;'.
4339 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4341 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4343 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4344 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4345 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4347 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4348 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4352 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4353 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4354 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4355 between `/*' and `*/'.
4356 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4358 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4359 // another kind of comment
4371 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4372 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4373 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4374 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4375 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4376 `conf-space-keywords'.
4377 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4378 in an interactive fashion instead.
4380 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4382 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4384 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4388 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4390 # Standard multimedia devices
4391 add /dev/audio desktop
4392 add /dev/mixer desktop
4396 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4397 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4398 See `conf-space-mode'.
4400 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4402 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4403 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4404 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4405 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4407 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4409 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4410 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4414 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4415 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4416 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4417 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4419 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4421 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4422 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4426 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4427 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4428 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4429 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4431 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4440 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4441 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (19752 41642))
4442 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4444 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4445 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4446 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4447 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4449 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4451 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4452 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4453 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4454 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4456 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4458 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4459 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4460 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4461 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4463 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4465 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4466 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4468 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4472 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4473 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19752
4475 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4477 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4478 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4479 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4480 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4481 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4482 following the copyright are updated as well.
4483 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4486 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4488 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4489 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4490 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4494 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4495 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4497 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4499 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4500 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4502 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH)" t nil)
4506 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4507 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (19752 41642))
4508 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4509 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4510 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4511 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4512 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4513 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4514 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4515 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4517 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4518 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4519 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4520 Tab indents for Perl code.
4521 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4522 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4524 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4525 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4526 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4527 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4528 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4529 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4530 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4531 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4532 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4533 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4534 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4535 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4537 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4539 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4540 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4542 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4544 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4545 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4546 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4547 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4548 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4549 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4550 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4551 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4552 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4554 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4558 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4559 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4560 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4563 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4564 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4565 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4567 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4569 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4570 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4571 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4572 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4573 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4575 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4585 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4586 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4587 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4588 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4589 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4590 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4591 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4592 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4593 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4594 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4595 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4596 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4597 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4599 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4600 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4601 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4602 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4603 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4604 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4606 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4607 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4610 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4611 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4612 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4613 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4614 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4616 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4617 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4618 span the needed amount of lines.
4620 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4621 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4622 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4623 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4625 Variables controlling indentation style:
4626 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4627 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4628 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4629 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4630 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4631 `cperl-auto-newline'
4632 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4633 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4634 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4635 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4636 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4637 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4638 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4639 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4640 `cperl-indent-level'
4641 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4642 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4643 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4644 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4645 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4646 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4647 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4648 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4649 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4650 `cperl-brace-offset'
4651 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4652 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4653 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4654 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4655 `cperl-label-offset'
4656 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4657 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4658 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4660 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4661 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4662 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4663 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4664 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4665 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4667 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4668 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4669 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4670 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4672 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4673 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4674 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4675 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4676 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4677 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4678 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4680 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4681 column 0 is indented on
4682 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4684 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4687 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4688 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4689 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4693 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4694 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4698 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4699 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4705 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4706 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
4707 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4709 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4710 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4711 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4712 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4713 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4717 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4718 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4724 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4725 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
4726 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4728 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4729 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4730 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4731 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4733 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4734 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4736 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4738 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4739 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4740 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4744 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4748 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4749 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
4750 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4752 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4753 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4754 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4755 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4757 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4758 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4759 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4760 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4762 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4763 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4764 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4766 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4767 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4770 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4771 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4772 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4774 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4776 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4777 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4778 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4780 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4784 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (19752
4786 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4787 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.css\\'") 'css-mode))
4789 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4790 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4796 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4797 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
4798 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4800 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4801 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4802 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4803 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4804 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4805 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4807 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4809 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4810 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4811 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4812 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4813 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4815 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4816 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4817 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4818 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4819 function of these prefix keys.
4821 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4822 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4824 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4825 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4826 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4828 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4829 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4830 the prefix fallback behavior.
4832 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4833 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4834 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4835 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4839 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4840 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4846 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4847 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4848 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4849 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4850 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4851 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4852 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4853 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4854 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4855 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4856 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
4857 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4859 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4860 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4862 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4864 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4865 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4867 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4869 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4870 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4872 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4873 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'"))
4875 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4876 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4878 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4879 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4881 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4882 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4884 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4886 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4888 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4889 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4890 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4892 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4893 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4895 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4896 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4898 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4899 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4901 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4903 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4905 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4906 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4909 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4910 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4912 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4913 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4915 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4916 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4918 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4920 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4922 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4923 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4924 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4925 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4926 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4930 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4931 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4932 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4933 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4937 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4938 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4940 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4942 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4943 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4945 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4947 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4949 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4950 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4952 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4954 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4956 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4957 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4958 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4960 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4962 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4963 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4964 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4965 as part of Emacs itself.
4967 Each elements looks like this:
4969 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4971 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4972 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4973 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4974 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4975 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4976 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4977 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4980 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4982 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4983 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4984 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4985 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4986 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4988 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4989 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4990 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4991 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4993 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4995 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4996 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4997 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4998 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4999 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5001 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5002 that were added or redefined since that version.
5004 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5006 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5007 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5008 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5009 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5011 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5012 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5014 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5016 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5017 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5018 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5020 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5021 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5023 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5025 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5026 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5030 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5031 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5035 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5036 Customize all already saved user options.
5040 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5041 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5042 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5043 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5044 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5045 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5046 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5047 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5049 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5051 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5052 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5053 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5054 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5056 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5058 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5059 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5061 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5063 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5064 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5066 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5068 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5069 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5070 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5071 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5072 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5075 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5077 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5078 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5079 The result includes selecting that window.
5080 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5081 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5082 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5085 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5087 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5088 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5090 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5092 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5093 File used for storing customization information.
5094 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5095 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5096 it should be an absolute file name.
5098 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5099 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5100 something like the following in your init file:
5102 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5105 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5106 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5108 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5109 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5110 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5111 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5112 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5114 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5115 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5116 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5117 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5118 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5119 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5120 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5121 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5122 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5123 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5125 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5127 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5128 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5132 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5133 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5137 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5138 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5139 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5141 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5143 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5144 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5145 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5146 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5147 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5149 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5153 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5154 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
5155 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5157 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5158 Create a custom theme.
5164 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5165 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
5166 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5168 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5169 Mode used for cvs status output.
5175 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5176 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (19752 41642))
5177 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5179 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5180 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5182 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5184 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5185 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5186 C++ modes are included.
5188 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5192 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5195 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5196 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5200 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5201 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5202 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5203 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5204 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5205 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5207 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5209 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5210 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5211 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if
5213 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5214 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5215 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5221 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5222 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5223 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
5224 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5226 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5227 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5229 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5231 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5232 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5234 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5236 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5237 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5238 For readability, the table is slightly
5239 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5241 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5242 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5243 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5244 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5245 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5247 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5251 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5252 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
5253 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5254 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5255 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5256 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5257 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5259 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5260 Completion on current word.
5261 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5262 and presents suggestions for completion.
5264 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5265 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5268 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5269 then it searches *all* buffers.
5271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5273 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5274 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5276 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5277 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5278 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5279 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5280 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5282 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5283 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5285 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5286 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5287 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5289 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5290 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5292 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5298 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5299 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
5300 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5302 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5303 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5305 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5309 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (19752
5311 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5313 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5314 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5315 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5316 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5317 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5323 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (19752
5325 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5327 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5328 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5330 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5331 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5332 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5334 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5335 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5336 Data lines are not indented.
5341 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5343 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5344 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5345 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5346 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5348 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5351 Extra indentation within blocks.
5353 dcl-continuation-offset
5354 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5357 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5359 dcl-margin-label-offset
5360 Indentation for a label.
5362 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5363 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5365 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5366 dcl-block-end-regexp
5367 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5368 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5369 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5370 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5371 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5373 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5374 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5375 Two such functions are included in the package:
5376 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5377 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5379 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5380 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5381 One such function is included in the package:
5382 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5384 dcl-tab-always-indent
5385 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5386 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5389 dcl-electric-characters
5390 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5393 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5394 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5395 which words trigger electric indentation.
5398 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5399 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5400 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5402 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5403 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5404 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5405 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5407 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5408 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5409 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5410 dcl-imenu-label-call
5411 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5413 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5414 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5415 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5416 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5419 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5421 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5422 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5423 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5425 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5426 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5430 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5431 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5432 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5433 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5434 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5435 \"lined up with the command line\"
5437 Data lines are not indented at all.
5438 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5443 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5444 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5450 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5451 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (19752 41642))
5452 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5454 (setq debugger 'debug)
5456 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5457 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5458 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5461 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5462 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5463 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5465 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5467 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5468 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5470 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5472 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5473 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5474 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5475 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5476 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5477 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5479 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5480 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5482 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5484 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5485 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5486 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5487 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5488 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5490 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5494 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5495 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
5496 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5498 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5499 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5503 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5504 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5505 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5506 Upper-case letters are commands.
5508 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5511 The most useful commands are:
5512 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5513 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5514 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5515 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5516 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5517 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5523 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5524 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (19752
5526 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5528 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5529 Customization of `columns' group.
5533 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5534 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5536 START and END delimits the text region.
5538 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5540 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5541 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5543 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5545 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5549 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (19752
5551 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5553 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5554 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5555 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5556 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5557 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5558 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5559 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5561 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5565 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5566 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5567 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5568 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5569 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5570 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5571 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5572 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5573 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5574 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5575 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5576 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5578 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5579 Directories to search when finding external units.
5580 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5581 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5585 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5586 Face used to color delphi comments.
5587 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5588 Face used to color delphi strings.
5589 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5590 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5591 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5592 Face used to color everything else.
5594 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5595 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5597 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5601 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (19752
5603 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5605 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5607 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5608 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5609 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5610 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5611 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5612 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5614 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5616 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5617 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5618 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5619 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5621 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5622 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5623 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5630 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5631 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (19752 41642))
5632 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5634 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5635 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5637 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5639 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5640 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5641 or nil if there is no parent.
5642 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5643 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5644 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5645 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5646 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5648 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5649 arguments are currently understood:
5651 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5652 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5654 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5655 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5657 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5658 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5660 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5662 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5664 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5665 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5666 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5668 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5669 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5671 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5672 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5673 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5675 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5676 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5678 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5679 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5681 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5683 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5685 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5686 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5687 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5688 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5689 the first time the mode is used.
5691 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5695 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5696 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (19752 41642))
5697 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5699 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5700 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5701 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5702 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5703 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5704 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5707 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5709 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5710 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5711 Is POS is taken to be in buffer BUFFER or current buffer if nil.
5712 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5713 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5714 character composition information (if relevant),
5715 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5717 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5721 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5722 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5723 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5724 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (19752 41642))
5725 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5727 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5728 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5729 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5731 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5733 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5734 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5735 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5736 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5737 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5738 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5742 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5743 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5744 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5745 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5747 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5749 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5750 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5751 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5753 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5754 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5755 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5757 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5758 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5760 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5761 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5762 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5764 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5765 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5766 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5767 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5769 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5771 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5772 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5774 Handlers are called with argument list
5776 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5778 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5780 desktop-file-version
5781 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5782 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5783 desktop-buffer-point
5785 desktop-buffer-read-only
5786 desktop-buffer-locals
5788 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5789 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5791 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5794 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5796 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5797 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5799 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5801 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5803 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5804 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5805 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5806 List elements must have the form
5808 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5810 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5813 Handlers are called with argument list
5815 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5817 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5819 desktop-file-version
5820 desktop-buffer-file-name
5822 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5823 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5824 desktop-buffer-point
5826 desktop-buffer-read-only
5829 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5830 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5833 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5836 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5838 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5839 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5841 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5843 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5845 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5847 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5849 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5850 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5851 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5855 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5856 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5857 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5858 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5859 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5861 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5863 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5864 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5865 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5869 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5870 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5871 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5872 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5873 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5874 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5875 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5876 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5878 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5880 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5881 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5882 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5886 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5887 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5888 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5889 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5892 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5894 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5895 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5899 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5900 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5906 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5907 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5908 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (19752 41642))
5909 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5911 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5912 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5913 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5914 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5915 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5916 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5918 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5920 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5921 Repair a broken attribution line.
5922 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5924 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5926 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5927 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5928 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5929 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5931 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5933 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5934 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5940 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5941 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (19752 41642))
5942 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5944 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5945 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5946 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5947 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5948 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5950 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5952 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5953 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5954 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5955 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5957 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5958 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5959 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5960 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5962 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5963 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5965 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5966 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5967 calendar-date-style 'european
5968 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5970 \(diary-mail-entries)
5972 # diary-rem.el ends here
5974 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5976 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5977 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5983 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5984 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (19752 41642))
5985 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5987 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
5988 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5990 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5992 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
5993 The command to use to run diff.")
5995 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
5997 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
5998 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5999 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
6000 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
6001 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
6002 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6004 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6005 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6006 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6008 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6010 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6011 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6012 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6013 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6014 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6015 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6017 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6021 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6022 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
6023 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6025 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6026 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6027 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6030 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6031 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6032 headers for you on-the-fly.
6034 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6035 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6036 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6042 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6043 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6044 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6046 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6050 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19752 41642))
6051 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6053 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6054 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6055 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6057 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6061 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-auto-revert-buffer dired-noselect
6062 ;;;;;; dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired dired-trivial-filenames
6063 ;;;;;; dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (19772 35352))
6064 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6066 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6067 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6068 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6069 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6070 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6071 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6072 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6073 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6075 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6077 (defvar dired-chown-program (purecopy (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown"))) "\
6078 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6080 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames (purecopy "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#") "\
6081 Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6082 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6083 A value of t means move to first file.")
6085 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6087 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6088 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6089 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6090 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6091 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6092 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6094 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6095 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6096 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6097 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6098 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6099 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6100 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6101 list of files to make directory entries for.
6102 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6103 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6104 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6105 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6107 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6109 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6110 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6112 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6113 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6115 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6116 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6118 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6119 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6121 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6123 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6124 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6126 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6128 (defvar dired-auto-revert-buffer nil "\
6129 Automatically revert dired buffer on revisiting.
6130 If t, revisiting an existing dired buffer automatically reverts it.
6131 If its value is a function, call this function with the directory
6132 name as single argument and revert the buffer if it returns non-nil.
6133 Otherwise, a message offering to revert the changed dired buffer
6135 Note that this is not the same as `auto-revert-mode' that
6136 periodically reverts at specified time intervals.")
6138 (custom-autoload 'dired-auto-revert-buffer "dired" t)
6140 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6141 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6142 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6143 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6144 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6145 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6146 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6147 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6148 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6149 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6150 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6151 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6152 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6153 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6154 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6155 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6156 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6157 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6158 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6159 to see why something went wrong.
6160 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6161 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6162 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6163 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6164 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6165 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6166 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6167 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6168 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6169 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6170 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6171 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6172 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6174 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6175 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6176 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6177 again for the directory tree.
6179 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6182 `dired-listing-switches'
6183 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6184 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6187 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6188 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6189 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6190 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6192 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6194 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6195 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6202 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6203 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6207 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6208 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
6209 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6211 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6212 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6213 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6214 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6215 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6216 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6217 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6219 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6221 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6222 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6223 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6225 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6227 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6228 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6230 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6234 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (19752
6236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6238 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6239 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6240 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6241 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6242 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6243 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6245 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6249 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6250 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6251 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6252 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6253 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6254 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (19752 41642))
6255 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6257 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6258 Return a new, empty display table.
6262 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6263 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6264 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6265 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6266 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6268 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6270 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6271 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6272 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6273 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6274 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6276 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6278 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6279 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6283 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6284 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6288 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6289 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6291 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6292 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6294 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6295 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6298 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6299 in the default way after this call.
6303 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6304 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6308 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6309 Display character C using printable string S.
6313 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6314 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6315 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6316 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6318 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6320 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6321 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6322 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6325 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6327 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6328 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6330 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6332 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6333 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6335 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6337 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6338 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6340 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6342 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6343 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6345 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6347 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6348 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6350 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6352 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6353 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6355 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6356 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6358 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6359 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6361 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6362 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6363 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6364 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6366 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6367 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6368 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6375 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6376 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
6377 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6379 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6380 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6381 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6382 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6383 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6384 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6385 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6392 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (19752 41642))
6393 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6395 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6396 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6397 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6398 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6399 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6400 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6402 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6403 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6404 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6405 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6406 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6408 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6412 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6413 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (19752 41642))
6414 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6416 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6417 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6418 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6419 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6420 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6421 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6422 table and its own syntax table.
6424 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6427 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6429 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6430 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6433 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode)))
6437 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6438 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (19752 41642))
6439 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6441 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6442 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6443 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6445 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6447 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6448 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6450 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6451 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6453 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6454 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6455 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6459 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6460 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6461 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6462 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6466 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6473 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (19752 41642))
6474 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6476 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6477 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6483 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (19752 41642))
6484 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6486 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6488 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6491 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6492 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6498 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (19752 41642))
6499 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6501 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6502 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6508 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6509 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
6510 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6512 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
6513 Play sounds in message buffers.
6519 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6520 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6521 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (19767 41074))
6522 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6524 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6526 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6527 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6528 This defines the control variable MODE and the toggle command MODE.
6529 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6531 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6532 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6533 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6534 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6535 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6536 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If KEYMAP is not a symbol,
6537 this also defines the variable MODE-map.
6539 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6540 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6541 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6542 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6543 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6546 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6547 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6548 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6549 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6550 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6551 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6552 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6553 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6554 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6555 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6556 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6558 For example, you could write
6559 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6560 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6563 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6565 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6567 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6569 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6570 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6571 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6572 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6573 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6574 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6575 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6576 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6577 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6578 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6579 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6580 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6582 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6583 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6584 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6585 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6586 call another major mode in their body.
6588 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6590 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6591 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6592 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6593 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6594 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6595 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6596 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6598 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6600 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6601 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6602 :inherit Parent keymap.
6604 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6605 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6607 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6609 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6610 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6611 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6612 the constant's documentation.
6614 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6616 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6617 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6618 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6620 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6624 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6625 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (19752
6627 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6629 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6631 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6632 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6634 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6635 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6636 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6638 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6639 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6643 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6644 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6648 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6649 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6653 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6654 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6656 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6658 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6660 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6662 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6663 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6665 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6666 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6668 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6670 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6672 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6676 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6677 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6678 computed automatically.
6679 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6683 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6685 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6686 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6687 keyboard equivalent.
6691 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6692 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6696 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6697 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6701 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6702 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
6706 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6707 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
6711 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6715 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6716 radio: A radio button.
6717 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6718 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6720 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6724 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6725 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6729 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6731 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6732 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6733 as a solid horizontal line.
6735 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6737 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6739 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6742 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6744 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6745 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6746 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6747 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6749 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6751 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6752 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6753 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6754 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6755 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6756 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6758 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6759 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6760 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6762 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6763 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6764 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6766 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
6767 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
6769 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
6773 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6774 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
6775 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
6776 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6777 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
6778 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6779 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
6780 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (19752 41642))
6781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6783 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
6784 Customization for ebnf group.
6788 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6789 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6791 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6793 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6796 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6798 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6800 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6801 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6803 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6804 killed after process termination.
6806 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6808 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6810 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6811 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6813 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6814 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6817 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6818 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6819 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6820 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6822 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6824 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6825 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6826 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6828 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6830 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6831 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6833 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6835 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6838 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6840 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6842 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6843 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6845 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6846 killed after process termination.
6848 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6850 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6852 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6853 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6854 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6855 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6857 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6861 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6862 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6863 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6865 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6867 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6869 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6870 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
6872 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6874 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6877 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6879 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6881 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6882 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
6884 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6885 killed after EPS generation.
6887 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6889 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6891 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6892 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
6894 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
6895 The EPS file name has the following form:
6897 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6899 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6900 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6902 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6903 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6904 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6905 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6906 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6908 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6913 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6914 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
6916 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
6917 The EPS file name has the following form:
6919 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6921 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6922 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6924 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6925 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6926 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6927 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6928 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6930 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6933 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6935 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
6937 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6938 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
6940 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
6942 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
6945 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6947 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6949 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6950 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
6952 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6953 killed after syntax checking.
6955 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6957 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6959 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6960 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6964 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6965 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
6967 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6969 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
6970 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6974 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6975 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
6977 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6981 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6982 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6984 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6986 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6988 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6991 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6995 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6996 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6998 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7000 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7002 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7003 Set STYLE as the current style.
7005 Returns the old style symbol.
7007 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7011 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7012 Reset current style.
7014 Returns the old style symbol.
7016 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7018 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7020 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7021 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7023 Returns the old style symbol.
7025 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7027 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7029 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7031 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7032 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7034 Returns the old style symbol.
7036 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7038 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7044 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7045 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7046 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7047 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7048 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7049 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7050 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7051 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7052 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7053 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7054 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (19752
7056 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7058 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7059 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7060 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7061 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7062 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7063 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7065 Tree mode key bindings:
7066 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7070 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7071 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7075 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7076 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7078 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7082 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7083 View declaration of member at point.
7087 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7088 Find declaration of member at point.
7092 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7093 View definition of member at point.
7097 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7098 Find definition of member at point.
7102 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7103 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7107 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7108 View definition of member at point in other window.
7112 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7113 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7117 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7118 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7122 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7123 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7127 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7128 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7132 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7133 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7134 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7135 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7138 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7140 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7141 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7142 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7143 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7145 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7147 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7148 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7149 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7150 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7152 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7154 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7155 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7156 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7158 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7160 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7161 Search for call sites of a member.
7162 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7163 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7164 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7165 looks like a function call to the member.
7167 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7169 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7170 Move backward in the position stack.
7171 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7175 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7176 Move forward in the position stack.
7177 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7181 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7182 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7186 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7187 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7191 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7192 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7193 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7194 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7196 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7198 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7199 Display statistics for a class tree.
7205 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7206 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
7207 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7209 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7210 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7211 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7212 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7214 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7215 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7216 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7218 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7219 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7220 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7222 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7224 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7230 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7231 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (19752 41642))
7232 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7234 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7235 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7236 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7238 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7242 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7243 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
7244 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7246 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7253 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (19752 41642))
7254 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7256 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7257 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7258 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7259 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7260 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7261 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7263 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7265 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7266 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7267 With non-nil argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7268 positive; otherwise, disable it.
7270 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7271 an EDE controlled project.
7273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7277 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7278 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7279 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (19752 41642))
7280 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7282 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7283 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7284 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7285 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7286 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7288 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7289 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7290 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7291 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7293 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7295 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7296 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7297 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7298 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7300 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7302 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7303 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7304 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7305 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7307 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7309 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7311 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7312 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7313 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7314 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7315 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7317 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7318 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7319 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7320 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7321 instrumented for Edebug.
7323 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7324 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7325 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7326 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7331 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7332 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7336 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7337 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7343 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7344 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7345 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7346 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7347 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7348 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7349 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7350 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7351 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7352 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (19752 41642))
7353 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7355 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7356 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7358 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7360 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7361 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7363 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7365 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7367 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7369 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7370 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7371 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7372 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7376 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7377 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7378 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7379 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7383 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7384 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7386 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7388 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7390 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7391 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7393 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7395 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7397 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7398 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7399 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7400 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7402 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7404 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7406 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7407 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7408 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7409 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7411 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7413 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7415 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7416 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7417 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7418 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7420 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7422 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7424 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7425 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7426 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7427 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7429 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7431 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7433 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7434 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7435 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7436 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7437 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7438 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7440 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7442 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7443 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7444 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7445 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7447 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7449 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7451 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7452 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7453 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7454 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7456 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7458 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7460 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7462 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7463 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7464 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7466 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7467 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7469 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7471 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7472 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7473 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7475 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7476 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7478 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7480 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7481 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7482 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7483 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7484 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7486 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7488 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7489 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7490 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7491 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7492 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7493 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7495 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7497 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7499 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7500 Merge two files without ancestor.
7502 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7504 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7505 Merge two files with ancestor.
7507 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7509 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7511 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7512 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7514 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7516 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7517 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7519 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7521 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7522 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7523 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7526 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7528 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7529 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7530 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7533 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7535 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7536 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7537 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7538 and don't ask the user.
7539 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7540 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7542 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7544 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7545 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7546 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7547 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7548 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7549 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7550 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7551 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7553 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7555 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7557 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7559 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7560 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7561 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7562 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7563 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7565 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7567 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7569 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7570 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7571 When called interactively, displays the version.
7575 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7576 Display Ediff's manual.
7577 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7579 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7583 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7584 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
7585 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7587 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7594 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7595 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
7596 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7598 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7599 Display Ediff's registry.
7603 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7607 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7608 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (19752 41642))
7609 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7611 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7612 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7613 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7618 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7619 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7620 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7621 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7627 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7628 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7629 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
7630 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7632 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7633 *Non-nil if `edit-kbd-macro' should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7634 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7636 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7637 Edit a keyboard macro.
7638 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7639 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7640 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7642 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7644 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7646 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7647 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7649 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7651 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7652 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7654 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7656 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7657 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7658 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7659 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7660 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7661 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7663 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7664 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7665 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7666 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7668 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7670 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7671 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7672 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7673 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7674 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7675 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7677 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7681 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7682 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (19752 41642))
7683 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7685 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7687 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7688 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7690 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7692 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7693 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7699 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7700 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
7701 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7703 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7704 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7705 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7706 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7707 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7708 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7709 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7711 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7712 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7714 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7715 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7716 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7717 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7719 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7720 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7721 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7723 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7724 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7725 BUFFER is put into default `major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
7727 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7729 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7732 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7736 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7737 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (19752 41642))
7738 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7740 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
7741 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7743 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
7745 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7746 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7747 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
7748 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
7749 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
7750 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
7751 of the function called in the expression point is on.
7753 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7755 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7757 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7758 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
7762 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
7763 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
7764 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
7765 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
7766 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
7767 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
7770 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
7771 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
7772 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
7775 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
7776 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
7780 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19752
7782 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7784 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
7785 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7787 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7788 an elided material again.
7790 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7796 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
7797 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7798 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
7799 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7801 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
7806 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
7807 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
7808 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
7810 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7812 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
7813 Lint the current buffer.
7814 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7818 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
7819 Lint the function at point.
7820 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7824 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
7826 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
7827 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
7829 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
7833 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7834 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19752
7836 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7838 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
7839 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7840 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7842 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7844 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
7845 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7846 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7847 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
7849 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7851 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
7852 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7853 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7855 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7857 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7859 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
7860 Display current profiling results.
7861 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7862 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
7869 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7870 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
7871 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7873 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
7874 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7875 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7877 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7881 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7882 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7883 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7884 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7885 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (19636 58496))
7886 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7888 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
7889 Run Emerge on two files.
7891 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7893 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7894 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7896 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7898 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
7899 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7901 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7903 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7904 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7906 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7908 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
7913 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
7918 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
7921 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7923 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
7926 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7928 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
7929 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7931 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7933 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7934 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7936 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7938 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
7941 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7945 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7946 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (19752 41642))
7947 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7949 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
7950 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7951 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7952 text/enriched format.
7953 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7955 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7956 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7960 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7962 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7964 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
7967 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7969 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
7972 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7976 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
7977 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
7978 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
7979 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
7980 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
7981 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (19752
7983 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
7985 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
7986 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
7988 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
7990 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
7991 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
7993 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
7995 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
7996 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
7997 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
7998 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
7999 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8000 the keys are listed.
8001 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8003 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8005 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8010 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8015 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8016 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8018 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8020 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8021 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8023 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8025 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8026 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8028 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8029 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8030 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8031 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8032 should consider using the string based counterpart
8033 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8034 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8038 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8039 (decode-coding-string
8040 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8043 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8045 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8046 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8048 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8049 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8051 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8053 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8054 Verify the current region between START and END.
8056 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8057 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8058 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8059 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8060 should consider using the string based counterpart
8061 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8062 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8066 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8067 (decode-coding-string
8068 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8071 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8073 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8074 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8075 between START and END.
8077 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8078 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8080 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8082 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8083 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8085 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8086 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8087 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8088 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8089 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8090 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8094 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8097 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8099 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8101 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8102 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8104 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8105 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8106 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8107 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8108 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8109 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8113 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8116 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8119 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8121 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8122 Delete selected KEYS.
8124 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8126 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8127 Import keys from FILE.
8131 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8132 Import keys from the region.
8134 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8136 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8137 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8138 between START and END.
8140 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8142 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8143 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8145 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8147 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8148 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8154 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8155 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (19752 41642))
8156 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8158 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8159 Decrypt marked files.
8163 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8164 Verify marked files.
8168 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8173 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8174 Encrypt marked files.
8180 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8181 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (19752 41642))
8182 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8184 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8187 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8189 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8194 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8201 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8202 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8203 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (19752 41642))
8204 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8206 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8207 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8211 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8212 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8213 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8215 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8219 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8220 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8221 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8223 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8227 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8228 Sign the current buffer.
8229 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8231 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8233 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8235 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8236 Encrypt the current buffer.
8237 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8239 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8241 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8243 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8244 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8245 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8247 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8251 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8252 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8253 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8254 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8255 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8256 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8258 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8260 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8261 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8267 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (19752 41642))
8268 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8270 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8271 Return a context object.
8273 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8277 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8278 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (19752 41642))
8279 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8281 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8282 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8286 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8287 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8289 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8291 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8292 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8294 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8298 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8299 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (19752 41642))
8300 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8302 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8303 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8307 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8308 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8309 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8311 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8313 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8314 (server (erc-compute-server))
8315 (port (erc-compute-port))
8316 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8318 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8320 That is, if called with
8322 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8324 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8325 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8326 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8328 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8330 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8332 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8333 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8334 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8335 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8337 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (19752
8343 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8344 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (19752 41642))
8349 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8350 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (19752 41642))
8355 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8356 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (19752 41642))
8361 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8362 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8366 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8367 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (19752 41642))
8368 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8369 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8371 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8372 Parser for /dcc command.
8373 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8374 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8375 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8377 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8379 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8380 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8384 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8385 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8387 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8388 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8389 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8392 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8396 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8397 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8398 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8399 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8400 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
8401 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8403 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8404 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8406 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8408 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8409 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8410 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8411 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8413 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8415 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8418 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8420 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8421 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8423 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8425 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8426 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8428 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8430 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8431 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8433 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8435 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8436 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8438 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8440 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8441 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8443 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8445 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8446 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8448 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8450 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8451 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8455 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8456 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8462 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (19752
8464 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8465 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8467 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8468 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8469 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (19752
8477 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
8478 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
8482 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8483 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (19752 41642))
8484 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8485 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8487 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8488 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8489 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8490 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8491 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8492 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8495 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8497 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8500 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8504 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8505 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
8506 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8508 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (19752 41642))
8516 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8517 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (19752 41642))
8522 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8523 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8527 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8528 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (19752 41642))
8529 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8530 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8532 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8533 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8534 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8535 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8536 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
8537 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8539 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8541 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8542 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8543 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8544 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8546 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8547 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8550 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8551 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8553 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8557 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8558 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8559 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8560 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
8561 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8562 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8564 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8565 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8569 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8570 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8574 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8575 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8579 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8580 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8584 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8585 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8589 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8590 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8594 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8595 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8599 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8600 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (19752 41642))
8607 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8608 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8612 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
8613 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
8614 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8615 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8617 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8624 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
8625 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (19752 41642))
8626 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8628 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8629 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8630 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8631 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8635 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8636 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8642 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
8643 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (19752 41642))
8644 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8645 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8647 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8648 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8649 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
8650 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8652 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8654 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (19752 41642))
8662 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8663 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (19752
8669 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8670 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (19752 41642))
8675 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
8676 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
8680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (19752 41642))
8681 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
8682 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
8686 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
8687 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (19752 41642))
8688 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
8689 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
8691 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
8692 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
8696 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
8697 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
8698 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
8700 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
8704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (19752 41642))
8705 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
8706 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
8710 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
8711 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
8712 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
8714 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
8715 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
8716 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
8722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (19752
8724 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
8725 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
8729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (19752 41642))
8730 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
8731 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
8735 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
8736 ;;;;;; (19783 2570))
8737 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
8739 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
8740 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
8741 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
8743 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
8745 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
8746 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
8749 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
8750 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
8751 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
8753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8754 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
8758 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
8759 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (19752 41642))
8760 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
8761 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
8763 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
8764 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
8765 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
8766 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8768 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8770 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
8771 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
8772 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8778 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
8779 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
8780 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
8781 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
8783 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
8784 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
8790 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (19752
8792 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8794 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
8795 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8803 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (19752
8805 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8807 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
8808 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8814 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
8815 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (19752 41642))
8816 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8818 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
8819 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8820 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8821 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8822 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8823 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8824 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8825 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8826 buffer selected (or created).
8828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8830 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
8831 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8832 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8834 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8836 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
8837 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8838 The result might be any Lisp object.
8839 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8840 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8841 corresponding to a successful execution.
8843 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8845 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
8849 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8850 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8851 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8852 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8853 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
8854 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
8855 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
8856 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
8857 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8859 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8860 *File name of tags table.
8861 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8862 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8863 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8864 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
8866 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
8867 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8868 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8869 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8871 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
8873 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8874 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8875 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8876 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8877 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8878 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8880 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
8882 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
8883 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8884 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8885 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8886 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8887 `auto-compression-mode').")
8889 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
8891 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
8892 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8893 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8894 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8895 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8897 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
8899 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8900 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8901 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8902 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8904 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
8906 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8907 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8908 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8909 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8910 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8912 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
8914 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
8915 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
8919 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
8920 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8921 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8922 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8924 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
8925 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8926 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
8927 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8928 file the tag was in.
8930 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8932 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
8933 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8934 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8935 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8936 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8937 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8938 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8939 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8940 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
8942 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
8944 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
8945 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
8946 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
8947 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
8948 without directory names.
8952 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
8953 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8954 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
8955 but does not select the buffer.
8956 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
8958 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8959 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8960 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8961 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8962 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8964 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8966 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8967 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8968 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8970 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8972 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8974 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
8975 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8976 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
8977 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
8979 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8980 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8981 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8982 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8983 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8985 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8987 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8988 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8989 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8991 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8993 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8994 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
8996 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
8997 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8998 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
8999 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9000 around or before point.
9002 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9003 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9004 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9005 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9006 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9008 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9010 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9011 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9012 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9014 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9016 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9017 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9019 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9020 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9021 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9022 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9023 around or before point.
9025 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9026 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9027 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9028 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9029 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9031 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9033 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9034 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9035 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9037 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9039 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9040 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9042 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9043 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9044 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9046 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9047 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9048 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9049 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9050 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9052 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9054 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9055 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9056 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9058 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9060 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9061 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9062 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9064 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9065 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9067 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9068 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9069 where they were found.
9073 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9074 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9076 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9077 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9078 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9080 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9081 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9083 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9084 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9086 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9088 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9089 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9090 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9091 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9093 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9094 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9095 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9096 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9097 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9099 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9100 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9102 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9103 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9104 Stops when a match is found.
9105 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9107 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9109 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9111 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9112 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9113 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9114 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9115 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9116 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9117 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9118 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9120 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9121 produce the list of files to search.
9123 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9125 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9127 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9128 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9129 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9130 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9131 directory specification.
9133 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9135 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9136 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9138 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9140 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9141 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9142 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9143 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9147 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9148 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9149 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9150 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9151 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9157 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9158 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9159 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9160 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9161 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9162 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9163 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9164 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
9165 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9167 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9172 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9173 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9175 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9176 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9178 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9179 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9182 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9183 even if the buffer is read-only.
9185 See also the descriptions of the variables
9186 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9188 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9190 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9191 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9193 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9194 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9196 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9197 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9200 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9201 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9203 See also the descriptions of the variables
9204 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9206 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9208 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9209 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9210 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9211 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9213 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9215 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9216 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9217 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9218 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9220 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9221 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9224 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9225 buffer is read-only.
9227 See also the descriptions of the variables
9228 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9229 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9231 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9233 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9234 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9236 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9237 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9239 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9240 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9241 the primary language.
9243 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9244 buffer is read-only.
9246 See also the descriptions of the variables
9247 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9248 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9250 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9252 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9253 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9254 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9256 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9258 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9259 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9263 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9264 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9266 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9267 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9270 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9271 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9272 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9274 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9276 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9278 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9279 This function is deprecated.
9283 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9284 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9288 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9289 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9293 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9294 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9296 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9297 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9299 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9300 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9304 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9305 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9309 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9310 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9314 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9315 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9319 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9320 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9321 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9325 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9328 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9332 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9333 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9334 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
9335 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9337 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9338 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9339 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9340 server for future sessions.
9342 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9344 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9345 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9346 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9348 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9350 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9351 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9352 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9354 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9356 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9357 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9358 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9359 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9360 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9361 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9362 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9363 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9364 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9365 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9366 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9367 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9369 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9371 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9372 Display a form to query the directory server.
9373 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9374 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9376 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9378 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9379 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9380 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9384 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc
:help
,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map
)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu
(symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu
))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads
)) (if (featurep 'xemacs
) (if (and (featurep 'menubar
) (not (featurep 'infodock
))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu
)) (require 'easymenu
) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item
) (easy-menu-add-item nil
'("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps
) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
9388 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9389 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9390 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19752 41642))
9391 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9393 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary
"eudc-bob" "\
9394 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9396 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9398 (autoload 'eudc-display-url
"eudc-bob" "\
9399 Display URL and make it clickable.
9403 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail
"eudc-bob" "\
9404 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9406 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
9408 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound
"eudc-bob" "\
9409 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9411 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9413 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline
"eudc-bob" "\
9414 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9416 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9418 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
"eudc-bob" "\
9419 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9421 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9425 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9426 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (19752 41642))
9427 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9429 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
"eudc-export" "\
9430 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9431 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9435 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert
"eudc-export" "\
9436 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9442 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9443 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
9444 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9446 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist
"eudc-hotlist" "\
9447 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9453 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (19752
9455 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9457 (autoload 'ewoc-create
"ewoc" "\
9458 Create an empty ewoc.
9460 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9462 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9463 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9464 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9465 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9466 `insert-before-markers'.
9468 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9469 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9470 respectively, of the ewoc.
9472 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9473 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9474 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9476 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil
)
9480 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9481 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9482 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9483 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
9484 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9486 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p
"executable" "\
9487 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9488 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9490 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
9492 (autoload 'executable-interpret
"executable" "\
9493 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9494 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9495 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9496 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9498 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
9500 (autoload 'executable-set-magic
"executable" "\
9501 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9502 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9503 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9504 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9507 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
9509 (autoload 'executable-self-display
"executable" "\
9510 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9511 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9515 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
"executable" "\
9516 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9517 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9524 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9525 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
9526 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
9527 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9529 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs
"expand" "\
9530 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9531 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9532 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9534 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9536 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9537 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9538 to generate such functions.
9540 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9541 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9542 beginning of the expanded text.
9544 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9545 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9546 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9547 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9549 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9551 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
9553 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook
"expand" "\
9554 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9555 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9559 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
"expand" "\
9560 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9561 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9565 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
"expand" "\
9566 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9567 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9570 (define-key abbrev-map
"p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
9571 (define-key abbrev-map
"n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
9575 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (19752 41642))
9576 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9578 (autoload 'f90-mode
"f90" "\
9579 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9580 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9582 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9583 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9584 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9586 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9591 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9594 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9596 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9598 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9599 `f90-program-indent'
9600 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9602 `f90-continuation-indent'
9603 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9604 `f90-comment-region'
9605 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9606 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9607 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9608 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9610 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9611 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9612 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9613 `f90-break-delimiters'
9614 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9615 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9616 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9617 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9619 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9620 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9622 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9623 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9624 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9625 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9626 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9627 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9629 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9631 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9632 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9638 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
9639 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
9640 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
9641 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (19752
9643 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
9645 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative
"face-remap" "\
9646 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
9648 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
9649 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
9651 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9652 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9653 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
9654 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
9655 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
9656 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
9657 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
9659 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
9660 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
9661 using `face-remap-set-base'.
9663 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
9665 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base
"face-remap" "\
9666 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
9668 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
9670 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base
"face-remap" "\
9671 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
9672 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
9673 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
9674 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
9675 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
9677 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
9679 (autoload 'text-scale-set
"face-remap" "\
9680 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
9681 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
9683 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
9684 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9685 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
9690 (autoload 'text-scale-increase
"face-remap" "\
9691 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
9692 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
9694 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9695 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9696 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9697 will remove any scaling currently active.
9701 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease
"face-remap" "\
9702 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
9703 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
9706 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
+)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9707 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?-
)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9708 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
=)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9709 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
0)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9711 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust
"face-remap" "\
9712 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
9714 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
9715 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
9717 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
9718 - Decrease the default face height by one step
9719 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
9721 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
9722 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
9723 is one of the above.
9725 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9726 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9727 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9728 will remove any scaling currently active.
9730 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
9731 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
9732 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
9733 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
9734 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
9738 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode
"face-remap" "\
9739 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
9740 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
9741 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
9743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9745 (autoload 'buffer-face-set
"face-remap" "\
9746 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9747 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9748 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9749 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
9751 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9752 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
9754 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
9756 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle
"face-remap" "\
9757 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9758 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9759 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9761 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
9762 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
9763 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
9764 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
9766 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9767 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
9769 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
9771 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode
"face-remap" "\
9772 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
9773 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
9774 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
9776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9780 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9781 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9782 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (19636 58496))
9783 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9785 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it
"feedmail" "\
9786 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9787 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9788 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9792 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
"feedmail" "\
9793 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
9795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9797 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt
"feedmail" "\
9798 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
9799 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9800 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9804 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue
"feedmail" "\
9805 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9806 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9807 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9808 backup file names and the like).
9810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9812 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder
"feedmail" "\
9813 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9814 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9815 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9816 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
9817 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9818 internally by feedmail):
9820 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9821 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9822 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9823 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9825 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
9826 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9827 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9828 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
9829 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
9831 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil
)
9835 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9836 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (19752 41642))
9837 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9839 (autoload 'ffap-next
"ffap" "\
9840 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9841 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9842 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9843 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9844 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9845 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9847 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil
)
9849 (autoload 'find-file-at-point
"ffap" "\
9850 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9851 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9852 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9853 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9854 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9855 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9857 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
9859 (defalias 'ffap
'find-file-at-point
)
9861 (autoload 'ffap-menu
"ffap" "\
9862 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
9863 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9864 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9865 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9866 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9868 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil
)
9870 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse
"ffap" "\
9871 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
9872 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9874 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9875 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9880 (autoload 'dired-at-point
"ffap" "\
9881 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9882 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9884 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
9886 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil
"\
9887 Try to get a file name at point.
9888 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser
)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess
(if (or (not guess
) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p
)) (ffap-url-p guess
)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p
)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess
))) guess
(abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess
)))) (when guess
(if (file-directory-p guess
) (file-name-as-directory guess
) guess
)))))
9890 (autoload 'ffap-bindings
"ffap" "\
9891 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
9897 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
9898 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
9899 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
9900 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (19752 41642))
9901 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
9903 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory
"filecache" "\
9904 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
9905 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
9906 be added to the cache.
9908 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
9910 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list
"filecache" "\
9911 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
9912 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9913 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
9914 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9916 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
9918 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file
"filecache" "\
9919 Add FILE to the file cache.
9923 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find
"filecache" "\
9924 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
9925 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
9927 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
9929 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate
"filecache" "\
9930 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
9931 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
9933 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
9935 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively
"filecache" "\
9936 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
9937 This function does not use any external programs.
9938 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9939 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
9940 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9942 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
9944 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete
"filecache" "\
9945 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
9946 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
9947 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
9948 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
9949 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
9950 \(directories) is done.
9956 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
9957 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
9958 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
9959 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
9960 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (19752 41642))
9961 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
9963 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
9964 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
9966 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9967 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
9968 Local Variables list.
9970 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
9971 then this function adds the first line containing the string
9972 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
9974 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
9976 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
9977 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
9979 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
9981 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
9982 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
9984 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9985 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
9988 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
9989 then this function adds it.
9991 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
9993 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
9994 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
9996 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
9998 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
9999 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10001 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10003 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10004 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10006 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10008 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals
"files-x" "\
10009 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10013 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
"files-x" "\
10014 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10018 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10019 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10025 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (19752
10027 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10029 (autoload 'filesets-init
"filesets" "\
10030 Filesets initialization.
10031 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10037 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (19752 41642))
10038 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10040 (autoload 'find-cmd
"find-cmd" "\
10041 Initiate the building of a find command.
10044 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10045 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10047 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10049 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10050 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10052 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil
)
10056 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10057 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10058 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
10059 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10061 (defvar find-ls-option
(if (eq system-type
'berkeley-unix
) (purecopy '("-ls" .
"-gilsb")) (purecopy '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" .
"-ld"))) "\
10062 Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10063 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10064 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10065 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10067 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option
"find-dired" t
)
10069 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches
(purecopy "-al") "\
10070 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10071 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10072 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10073 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10075 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches
"find-dired" t
)
10077 (defvar find-grep-options
(purecopy (if (or (eq system-type
'berkeley-unix
) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration
) (string-match "irix" system-configuration
)) "-s" "-q")) "\
10078 Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10079 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10080 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10082 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options
"find-dired" t
)
10084 (autoload 'find-dired
"find-dired" "\
10085 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10086 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10088 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10090 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10091 as the final argument.
10093 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil
)
10095 (autoload 'find-name-dired
"find-dired" "\
10096 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10097 and run dired on those files.
10098 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10099 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10101 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10103 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil
)
10105 (autoload 'find-grep-dired
"find-dired" "\
10106 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10107 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10109 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10111 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10113 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
10117 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10118 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10119 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
10120 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10122 (defvar ff-special-constructs
`((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil
(buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10123 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10124 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10125 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10126 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10127 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10128 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10130 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file
"find-file" "\
10131 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10132 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10134 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10136 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil
)
10138 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file
'ff-find-other-file
)
10140 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10141 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10142 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10144 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10145 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10147 Variables of interest include:
10149 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10150 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10151 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10153 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10154 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10155 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10157 - `ff-ignore-include'
10158 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10160 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10161 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10164 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10166 - `ff-special-constructs'
10167 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10168 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10169 extracting the filename from that construct.
10171 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10172 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10174 - `ff-search-directories'
10175 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10176 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10178 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10179 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10181 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10182 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10184 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10185 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10187 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10188 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10190 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10191 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10193 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil
)
10195 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10196 Visit the file you click on.
10198 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10200 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window
"find-file" "\
10201 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10203 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10207 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10208 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10209 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10210 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10211 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10212 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10213 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (19752 41642))
10214 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10216 (autoload 'find-library
"find-func" "\
10217 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10218 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10220 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil
)
10222 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol
"find-func" "\
10223 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10224 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10225 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10227 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10228 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10229 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10230 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10232 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil
)
10234 (autoload 'find-function-noselect
"find-func" "\
10235 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10237 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10238 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10239 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10240 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10242 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10243 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10246 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil
)
10248 (autoload 'find-function
"find-func" "\
10249 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10251 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10252 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10253 places point before the definition.
10254 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10256 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10257 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10258 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10260 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10262 (autoload 'find-function-other-window
"find-func" "\
10263 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10265 See `find-function' for more details.
10267 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10269 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10270 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10272 See `find-function' for more details.
10274 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10276 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect
"find-func" "\
10277 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10279 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10280 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10281 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10283 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10284 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10286 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10288 (autoload 'find-variable
"find-func" "\
10289 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10291 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10292 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10293 places point before the definition.
10295 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10297 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10298 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10299 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10301 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10303 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window
"find-func" "\
10304 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10306 See `find-variable' for more details.
10308 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10310 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10311 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10313 See `find-variable' for more details.
10315 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10317 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect
"find-func" "\
10318 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10319 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10320 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10321 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10322 buffer nor display it.
10324 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10325 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10327 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10329 (autoload 'find-face-definition
"find-func" "\
10330 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10332 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10333 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10334 places point before the definition.
10336 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10338 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10339 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10340 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10344 (autoload 'find-function-on-key
"find-func" "\
10345 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10346 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10350 (autoload 'find-function-at-point
"find-func" "\
10351 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10355 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point
"find-func" "\
10356 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10360 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys
"find-func" "\
10361 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10367 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10368 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (19752 41642))
10369 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10371 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired
"find-lisp" "\
10372 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10374 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
10376 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
"find-lisp" "\
10377 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10381 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter
"find-lisp" "\
10382 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10384 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
10388 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10389 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (19752 41642))
10390 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10392 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords
"finder" "\
10393 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10397 (autoload 'finder-commentary
"finder" "\
10398 Display FILE's commentary section.
10399 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10403 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword
"finder" "\
10404 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10410 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10411 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (19752 41642))
10412 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10414 (autoload 'enable-flow-control
"flow-ctrl" "\
10415 Toggle flow control handling.
10416 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10417 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10419 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil
)
10421 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on
"flow-ctrl" "\
10422 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10423 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10424 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10425 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10426 to get the effect of a C-q.
10428 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil
)
10432 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10433 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
10434 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10436 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode
"flow-fill" "\
10439 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
10441 (autoload 'fill-flowed
"flow-fill" "\
10444 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil
)
10448 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10449 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19752 41642))
10450 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10452 (autoload 'flymake-mode
"flymake" "\
10453 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10454 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10455 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10459 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on
"flymake" "\
10460 Turn flymake mode on.
10464 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off
"flymake" "\
10465 Turn flymake mode off.
10471 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10472 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10473 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (19752 41642))
10474 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10476 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode
"flyspell" "\
10477 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10480 (defvar flyspell-mode nil
)
10482 (autoload 'flyspell-mode
"flyspell" "\
10483 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10484 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10485 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10486 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10487 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10488 otherwise turn it off.
10491 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10492 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10493 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10494 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10497 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10500 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10501 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10502 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10504 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10506 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10507 in your .emacs file.
10509 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10510 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10514 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
10515 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10519 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
10520 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10524 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off
"flyspell" "\
10525 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10529 (autoload 'flyspell-region
"flyspell" "\
10530 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10532 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
10534 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer
"flyspell" "\
10535 Flyspell whole buffer.
10541 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10542 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10543 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
10544 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10546 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode
"follow" "\
10547 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10551 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode
"follow" "\
10552 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10556 (autoload 'follow-mode
"follow" "\
10557 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10559 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10560 of two major techniques:
10562 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10563 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10564 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
10566 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10567 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10568 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10571 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10572 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10573 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10574 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10575 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10578 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10579 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10581 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
10583 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10584 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10585 \(This is the default.)
10587 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
10589 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10590 \\{follow-mode-map}
10592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10594 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split
"follow" "\
10595 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
10597 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10598 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10599 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10600 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
10601 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10602 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10604 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
10605 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10606 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10608 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10609 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10610 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10616 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (19752
10618 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10620 (autoload 'footnote-mode
"footnote" "\
10621 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10622 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
10623 started, play around with the following keys:
10624 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
10626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10630 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10631 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (19752 41642))
10632 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10634 (autoload 'forms-mode
"forms" "\
10635 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10637 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10638 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10639 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10640 C-c < forms-first-record <
10641 C-c > forms-last-record >
10642 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10643 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10644 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10645 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10646 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10647 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10648 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10649 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10650 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10651 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10653 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil
)
10655 (autoload 'forms-find-file
"forms" "\
10656 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10660 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window
"forms" "\
10661 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10667 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
10668 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
10669 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10671 (autoload 'fortran-mode
"fortran" "\
10672 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10673 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10675 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10676 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10678 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10681 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10683 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10685 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10686 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10687 `fortran-do-indent'
10688 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10689 `fortran-if-indent'
10690 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10691 `fortran-structure-indent'
10692 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10694 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10695 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10696 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10697 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10698 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10699 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10700 nil don't change the indentation
10701 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10703 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10704 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10705 depending on the continuation format in use.
10706 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10707 indentation for a line of code.
10709 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10710 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10711 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10712 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10713 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10714 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10715 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10716 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10717 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10718 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10720 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10721 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10722 statements (default nil).
10723 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10724 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10725 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10726 `fortran-continuation-string'
10727 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10728 line (default \"$\").
10729 `fortran-comment-region'
10730 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10731 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10732 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10733 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10734 as typed (default t).
10735 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10736 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10738 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10739 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10745 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10746 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (19752 41642))
10747 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10749 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune
"fortune" "\
10750 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10752 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10753 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10755 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil
)
10757 (autoload 'fortune-from-region
"fortune" "\
10758 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10760 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10761 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10763 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil
)
10765 (autoload 'fortune-compile
"fortune" "\
10766 Compile fortune file.
10768 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10769 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10771 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
10773 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature
"fortune" "\
10774 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10776 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10777 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10778 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10779 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10781 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
10783 (autoload 'fortune
"fortune" "\
10784 Display a fortune cookie.
10785 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10786 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10787 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10788 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10790 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
10794 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
10795 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
10796 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
10798 (autoload 'gdb
"gdb-ui" "\
10799 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10800 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
10801 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
10803 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10804 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10805 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10806 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10808 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10809 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
10810 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
10811 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
10812 some of the buffers.
10814 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10816 The following commands help control operation :
10818 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10819 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10821 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10822 detailed description of this mode.
10824 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
10826 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10827 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
10828 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10830 | Source buffer | I/O buffer for debugged program |
10832 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10833 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints/threads buffer |
10834 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10836 The option \"--annotate=3\" must be included in this value. To
10837 run GDB in text command mode, use `gud-gdb'. You need to use
10838 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
10841 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
10843 (defalias 'gdba
'gdb
)
10845 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil
"\
10846 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
10848 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug
"gdb-ui" t
)
10852 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
10853 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (19752
10855 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
10857 (defvar generic-mode-list nil
"\
10858 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
10859 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
10860 instead (which see).")
10862 (autoload 'define-generic-mode
"generic" "\
10863 Create a new generic mode MODE.
10865 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
10866 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
10867 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
10868 documentation string instead.
10870 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
10871 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
10872 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
10873 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
10874 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
10875 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
10876 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
10877 enders are actually possible.
10879 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
10880 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
10882 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
10883 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
10884 `font-lock-keywords'.
10886 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
10887 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
10888 runs the macro expansion.
10890 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
10891 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
10892 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
10894 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10896 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil
(quote macro
))
10898 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal
"generic" "\
10899 Go into the generic mode MODE.
10901 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil
)
10903 (autoload 'generic-mode
"generic" "\
10904 Enter generic mode MODE.
10906 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
10907 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
10908 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10910 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10911 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10915 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list
"generic" "\
10916 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
10917 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
10918 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
10919 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
10920 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
10921 regular expression that can be used as an element of
10922 `font-lock-keywords'.
10924 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil
)
10928 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
10929 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
10930 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
10932 (autoload 'glasses-mode
"glasses" "\
10933 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
10934 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
10935 at places they belong to.
10937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10941 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
10942 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
10943 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
10944 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
10946 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat
"gmm-utils" "\
10947 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
10948 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
10950 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil
)
10952 (autoload 'gmm-message
"gmm-utils" "\
10953 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
10955 Guideline for numbers:
10957 3 - non-serious error messages
10958 5 - messages for things that take a long time
10959 7 - not very important messages on stuff
10960 9 - messages inside loops.
10962 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
10964 (autoload 'gmm-error
"gmm-utils" "\
10965 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
10966 ARGS are passed to `message'.
10968 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
10970 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p
"gmm-utils" "\
10971 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
10973 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
10975 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list
"gmm-utils" "\
10976 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
10978 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
10979 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
10980 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
10981 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
10982 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
10983 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
10985 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
10986 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
10987 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
10988 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
10989 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
10991 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
10993 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil
)
10997 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
10998 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (19752 41642))
10999 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11000 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload
)
11001 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method
"gnus"))
11003 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server
"gnus" "\
11004 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11006 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11008 (autoload 'gnus-no-server
"gnus" "\
11010 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11011 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11012 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11013 name of an NNTP server to use.
11014 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11017 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil
)
11019 (autoload 'gnus-slave
"gnus" "\
11020 Read news as a slave.
11022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11024 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame
"gnus" "\
11025 Pop up a frame to read news.
11026 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11027 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11028 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11029 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11030 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11031 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11032 current display is used.
11034 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil
)
11036 (autoload 'gnus
"gnus" "\
11038 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11039 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11040 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11042 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil
)
11046 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11047 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11048 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11049 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11050 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11051 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (19752 41642))
11052 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11054 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11055 Start Gnus unplugged.
11059 (autoload 'gnus-plugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11060 Start Gnus plugged.
11064 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11065 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11069 (autoload 'gnus-agentize
"gnus-agent" "\
11070 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11072 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11073 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11074 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11076 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11077 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11078 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11082 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc
"gnus-agent" "\
11083 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11087 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group
"gnus-agent" "\
11088 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11089 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11090 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11091 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11094 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
11096 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group
"gnus-agent" "\
11097 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11098 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11099 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11100 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11103 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
11105 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list
"gnus-agent" "\
11106 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11110 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
"gnus-agent" "\
11111 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11112 downloaded into the agent.
11114 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil
)
11116 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter
"gnus-agent" "\
11117 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11118 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11119 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11121 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
11123 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch
"gnus-agent" "\
11124 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11128 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch
"gnus-agent" "\
11129 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11133 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate
"gnus-agent" "\
11134 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11135 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11137 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil
)
11141 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11142 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
11143 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11145 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display
"gnus-art" "\
11146 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11152 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11153 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
11154 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11156 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play
"gnus-audio" "\
11157 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11163 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11164 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (19752 41642))
11165 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11167 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11168 Set a bookmark for this article.
11172 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11173 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11175 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil
)
11177 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11178 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11179 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11180 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11181 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11187 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11188 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11189 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (19752
11191 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11193 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache
"gnus-cache" "\
11194 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11197 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11201 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active
"gnus-cache" "\
11202 Generate the cache active file.
11204 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
11206 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases
"gnus-cache" "\
11207 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11211 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group
"gnus-cache" "\
11212 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11213 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11214 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11215 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11218 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
11220 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group
"gnus-cache" "\
11221 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11222 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11223 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11224 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11227 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
11231 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11232 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19752 41642))
11233 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11235 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article
"gnus-delay" "\
11236 Delay this article by some time.
11237 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11239 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11240 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11242 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11243 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11245 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11246 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11248 \(fn DELAY)" t nil
)
11250 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue
"gnus-delay" "\
11251 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11255 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize
"gnus-delay" "\
11256 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11257 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11258 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11260 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11261 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11263 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil
)
11267 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11268 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (19752 41642))
11269 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11271 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d
"gnus-diary" "\
11274 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
11276 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D
"gnus-diary" "\
11279 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
11283 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11284 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
11285 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11287 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode
"gnus-dired" "\
11288 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11294 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11295 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
11296 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11298 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder
"gnus-draft" "\
11299 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11305 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11306 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11307 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (19752
11309 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11311 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face
"gnus-fun" "\
11312 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11316 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
"gnus-fun" "\
11317 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11321 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
11322 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11324 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11325 different input formats.
11329 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
11330 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11332 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11333 different input formats.
11337 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png
"gnus-fun" "\
11338 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11339 The PNG is returned as a string.
11341 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
11343 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face
"gnus-fun" "\
11344 Convert FILE to a Face.
11345 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11348 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
11352 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11353 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (19752 41642))
11354 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11356 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group
"gnus-group" "\
11357 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11358 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11359 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11361 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil
)
11363 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame
"gnus-group" "\
11364 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11366 \(fn GROUP)" t nil
)
11370 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11371 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
11372 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11374 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill
'gnus-batch-score
)
11376 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score
"gnus-kill" "\
11377 Run batched scoring.
11378 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11384 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11385 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11386 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
11387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11389 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
11394 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
"gnus-ml" "\
11395 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11396 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11398 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
11400 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
11401 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11403 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11409 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11410 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11411 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
11412 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11414 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11415 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11416 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11417 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11420 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11421 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11422 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11423 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11425 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11426 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11427 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11428 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11429 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11430 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11431 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11432 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11433 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11434 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11436 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
11438 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11439 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11440 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11443 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11444 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11446 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
11448 (autoload 'gnus-group-split
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11449 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11450 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11452 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11456 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11457 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11458 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11460 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11462 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11463 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11464 existing groups are considered.
11466 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11467 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11470 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11471 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11472 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11473 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11474 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11475 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11476 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11477 clauses will be generated.
11479 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11480 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11481 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11482 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11483 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11484 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11486 For example, given the following group parameters:
11489 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11490 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11492 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11493 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11494 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11495 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11497 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11499 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11501 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11503 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11504 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11507 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil
)
11511 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11512 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
11513 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11515 (autoload 'gnus-change-server
"gnus-move" "\
11516 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11517 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11519 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil
)
11523 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11524 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (19752 41642))
11525 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11527 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail
"gnus-msg" "\
11528 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11529 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11530 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11532 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil
)
11534 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto
"gnus-msg" "\
11537 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil
)
11539 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply
"gnus-msg" "\
11540 Like `message-reply'.
11542 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil
)
11544 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent
'gnus-msg-mail
'message-send-and-exit
'message-kill-buffer
'message-send-hook
)
11548 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
11549 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (19752 41642))
11550 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
11552 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups
"gnus-nocem" "\
11553 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
11557 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache
"gnus-nocem" "\
11558 Load the NoCeM cache.
11564 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11565 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11566 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
11567 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11569 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
11570 Display picons in the From header.
11571 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11575 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
11576 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11577 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11581 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
11582 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11583 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11589 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11590 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11591 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11592 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11593 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (19752 41642))
11594 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11596 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference
"gnus-range" "\
11597 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11598 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11599 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11601 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11603 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference
"gnus-range" "\
11604 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11605 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11608 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11610 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement
"gnus-range" "\
11611 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11612 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11614 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11616 (autoload 'gnus-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
11619 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11621 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
11622 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11623 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11625 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11627 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
11628 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11629 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11631 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil
)
11633 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection
'gnus-sorted-nintersection
)
11635 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection
"gnus-range" "\
11636 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11637 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11639 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11641 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union
"gnus-range" "\
11642 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11643 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11645 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11647 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion
"gnus-range" "\
11648 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11649 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11651 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11653 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list
"gnus-range" "\
11654 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11656 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil
)
11660 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11661 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (19752 41642))
11662 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11664 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize
"gnus-registry" "\
11665 Initialize the Gnus registry.
11669 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks
"gnus-registry" "\
11670 Install the registry hooks.
11676 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11677 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (19752
11679 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11681 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update
"gnus-sieve" "\
11682 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11683 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11684 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11685 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11686 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11690 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate
"gnus-sieve" "\
11691 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11692 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11693 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11694 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11698 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule
"gnus-sieve" "\
11705 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
11706 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
11707 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
11709 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup
"gnus-soup" "\
11710 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
11711 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
11712 for matching on group names.
11714 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
11715 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
11717 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
11719 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
11725 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11726 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
11727 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11729 (autoload 'gnus-update-format
"gnus-spec" "\
11730 Update the format specification near point.
11736 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
11737 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (19752
11739 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11741 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend
"gnus-start" "\
11742 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11744 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil
)
11746 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
"gnus-start" "\
11753 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11754 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
11755 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11757 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration
"gnus-win" "\
11758 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11760 \(fn CONF)" nil nil
)
11764 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (19752 41642))
11765 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11767 (autoload 'gomoku
"gomoku" "\
11768 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11770 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
11771 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11772 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11774 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11775 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11776 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11778 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11779 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11781 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11782 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11784 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11786 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil
)
11790 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
11791 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (19752
11793 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11795 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse
'goto-address-at-point
"22.1")
11797 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point
"goto-addr" "\
11798 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11799 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11800 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11801 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11803 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil
)
11805 (autoload 'goto-address
"goto-addr" "\
11806 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11807 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11809 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
11810 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
11812 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11813 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11816 (put 'goto-address
'safe-local-eval-function t
)
11818 (autoload 'goto-address-mode
"goto-addr" "\
11819 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
11821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11823 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode
"goto-addr" "\
11824 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
11826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11830 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
11831 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11832 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (19754 9185))
11833 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11835 (defvar grep-window-height nil
"\
11836 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11838 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height
"grep" t
)
11840 (defvar grep-command nil
"\
11841 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11842 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11843 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11844 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11846 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11847 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11848 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11850 (custom-autoload 'grep-command
"grep" nil
)
11852 (defvar grep-find-command nil
"\
11853 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11854 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11855 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11856 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11858 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command
"grep" nil
)
11860 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil
"\
11861 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11863 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook
"grep" t
)
11865 (defconst grep-regexp-alist
'(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil
(setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil
) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil
(- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil
1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil
0 1)) "\
11866 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11868 (defvar grep-program
(purecopy "grep") "\
11869 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11870 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11872 (defvar find-program
(purecopy "find") "\
11873 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11874 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11876 (defvar xargs-program
(purecopy "xargs") "\
11877 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
11878 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
11879 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11881 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil
"\
11882 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11883 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
11884 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
11885 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
11887 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11889 (defvar grep-history nil
)
11891 (defvar grep-find-history nil
)
11893 (autoload 'grep-process-setup
"grep" "\
11894 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11895 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11899 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults
"grep" "\
11904 (autoload 'grep-mode
"grep" "\
11905 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
11909 (autoload 'grep
"grep" "\
11910 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11911 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
11912 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
11915 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
11916 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
11918 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
11919 can easily repeat a grep command.
11921 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
11922 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
11923 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
11926 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
11928 (autoload 'grep-find
"grep" "\
11929 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
11930 Collect output in a buffer.
11931 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11932 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11934 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11935 easily repeat a find command.
11937 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
11939 (defalias 'find-grep
'grep-find
)
11941 (autoload 'lgrep
"grep" "\
11942 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
11943 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11944 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11945 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11947 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11948 before it is executed.
11949 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
11951 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
11952 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11953 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11955 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
11957 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
11959 (autoload 'rgrep
"grep" "\
11960 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
11961 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11962 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11963 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11965 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11966 before it is executed.
11967 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
11969 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
11970 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11971 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11973 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
11975 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
11977 (autoload 'zrgrep
"grep" "\
11978 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
11979 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
11980 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
11982 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil
)
11984 (defalias 'rzgrep
'zrgrep
)
11988 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (19752 41642))
11989 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
11991 (autoload 'gs-load-image
"gs" "\
11992 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
11993 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
11994 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
11995 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
11997 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil
)
12001 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12002 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (19752 41642))
12003 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12005 (autoload 'gud-gdb
"gud" "\
12006 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12007 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12008 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12010 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12012 (autoload 'sdb
"gud" "\
12013 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12014 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12015 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12017 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12019 (autoload 'dbx
"gud" "\
12020 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12021 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12022 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12024 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12026 (autoload 'xdb
"gud" "\
12027 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12028 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12029 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12031 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12032 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12034 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12036 (autoload 'perldb
"gud" "\
12037 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12038 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12039 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12041 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12043 (autoload 'pdb
"gud" "\
12044 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12045 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12046 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12048 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12050 (autoload 'jdb
"gud" "\
12051 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12052 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12053 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12054 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12056 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12057 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12058 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12059 original source file access method.
12061 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12062 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12064 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12065 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps
(purecopy "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
12067 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist
(cons (purecopy "/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit") 'gdb-script-mode
))
12069 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode
"gud" "\
12070 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12074 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil
"\
12075 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12076 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12077 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12078 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12079 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12081 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" nil
)
12083 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" "\
12084 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12090 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19752
12092 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12094 (autoload 'handwrite
"handwrite" "\
12095 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12096 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12097 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12099 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12100 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12101 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12102 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12108 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12109 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
12110 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12112 (autoload 'hanoi
"hanoi" "\
12113 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12115 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil
)
12117 (autoload 'hanoi-unix
"hanoi" "\
12118 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12119 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12120 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12122 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12126 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64
"hanoi" "\
12127 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12128 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12129 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12136 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12137 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12138 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (19752 41642))
12139 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12141 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment
"hashcash" "\
12142 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12146 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
12147 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12148 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12152 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment
"hashcash" "\
12153 Verify a hashcash payment
12155 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil
)
12157 (autoload 'mail-add-payment
"hashcash" "\
12158 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12159 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12160 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12161 `mail-add-payment-async').
12163 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil
)
12165 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
12166 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12167 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12168 Calculation is asynchronous.
12170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12172 (autoload 'mail-check-payment
"hashcash" "\
12173 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12174 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12180 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12181 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12182 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12183 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (19752 41642))
12184 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12186 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string
"help-at-pt" "\
12187 Return the help-echo string at point.
12188 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12189 property, or nil, is returned.
12190 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12191 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12192 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12194 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil
)
12196 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string
"help-at-pt" "\
12197 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12198 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12199 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12200 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12204 (autoload 'display-local-help
"help-at-pt" "\
12205 Display local help in the echo area.
12206 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12207 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12208 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12211 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12212 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12213 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12217 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
12218 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12219 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12223 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
12224 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12225 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12229 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle
'never
"\
12230 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12231 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12232 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12233 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12234 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12235 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12236 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12237 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12238 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12239 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12241 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12242 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12243 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12244 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12245 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12247 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12248 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12249 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12250 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12251 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12252 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12253 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12254 The default is `never'.")
12256 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle
"help-at-pt" nil
)
12258 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12259 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12260 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12261 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12262 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12263 considered different regions.
12265 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12266 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12267 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12268 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12269 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12270 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12271 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12272 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12273 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12275 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil
)
12277 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12278 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12279 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12280 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12283 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12284 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12285 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12286 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12287 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12288 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12289 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12290 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12292 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12293 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12294 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12295 rarely happens in practice.
12297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12299 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12300 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12301 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12302 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12303 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12304 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12306 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12310 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12311 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 find-lisp-object-file-name
12312 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12313 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
12314 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12316 (autoload 'describe-function
"help-fns" "\
12317 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12319 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
12321 (autoload 'help-C-file-name
"help-fns" "\
12322 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12323 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12325 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil
)
12327 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name
"help-fns" "\
12328 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12329 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12330 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12331 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
12332 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
12333 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12334 search for a function definition.
12336 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12337 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12338 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12339 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12340 suitable file is found, return nil.
12342 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil
)
12344 (autoload 'describe-function-1
"help-fns" "\
12347 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil
)
12349 (autoload 'variable-at-point
"help-fns" "\
12350 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12351 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12352 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12354 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
12356 (autoload 'describe-variable
"help-fns" "\
12357 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12358 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12359 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12360 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12361 it is displayed along with the global value.
12363 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil
)
12365 (autoload 'describe-syntax
"help-fns" "\
12366 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12367 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12368 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12370 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
12372 (autoload 'describe-categories
"help-fns" "\
12373 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12374 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12375 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12376 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12378 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
12382 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12383 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
12384 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12386 (defvar three-step-help nil
"\
12387 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12388 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12389 window listing and describing the options.
12390 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12391 gives the window that lists the options.")
12393 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help
"help-macro" t
)
12397 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12398 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12399 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (19752
12401 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12403 (autoload 'help-mode
"help-mode" "\
12404 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12405 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12411 (autoload 'help-mode-setup
"help-mode" "\
12416 (autoload 'help-mode-finish
"help-mode" "\
12421 (autoload 'help-setup-xref
"help-mode" "\
12422 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12424 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12425 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12426 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12427 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12429 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12430 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12431 restore it properly when going back.
12433 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil
)
12435 (autoload 'help-buffer
"help-mode" "\
12436 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12437 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
12439 Otherwise, it is *Help*; if no buffer with that name currently
12440 exists, it is created.
12444 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs
"help-mode" "\
12445 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12447 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12448 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12449 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12450 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12451 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12452 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12453 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12454 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12456 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12457 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12458 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12459 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12461 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12462 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12465 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
12467 (autoload 'help-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
12468 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12469 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12470 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12471 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12472 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12474 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
12476 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
12477 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12478 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12479 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12480 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12482 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
12484 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp
"help-mode" "\
12485 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12487 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
12491 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12492 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (19752 41642))
12493 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12495 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings
"helper" "\
12496 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12500 (autoload 'Helper-help
"helper" "\
12501 Provide help for current mode.
12507 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12508 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19752 41642))
12509 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12511 (autoload 'hexl-mode
"hexl" "\
12512 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12513 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12514 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12515 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12517 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12518 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12520 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12521 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12522 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12523 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12525 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12526 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12529 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12534 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12535 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12536 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12537 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12538 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12539 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12540 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12541 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12542 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12543 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12544 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12545 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12546 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12547 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12548 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12550 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
12551 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12552 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12554 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12557 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12559 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12560 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12561 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12563 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12564 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12565 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12567 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12568 into the buffer at the current point.
12570 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12571 into the buffer at the current point.
12573 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12574 into the buffer at the current point.
12576 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12578 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12579 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12581 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12583 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12585 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12587 (autoload 'hexl-find-file
"hexl" "\
12588 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
12589 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
12590 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
12592 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
12594 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer
"hexl" "\
12595 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12596 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12602 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12603 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12604 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12605 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
12606 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12608 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
12609 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12611 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12612 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12613 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12614 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12615 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12616 called interactively, are:
12618 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12619 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12621 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12622 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12623 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12624 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12626 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12627 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12629 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12630 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12632 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12633 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
12634 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12635 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12636 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12637 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
12638 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
12639 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
12640 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
12641 function returns t.
12643 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12644 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12646 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
12647 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
12650 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
12651 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
12652 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
12653 Patterns will be read until
12655 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12659 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil
"\
12660 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
12661 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12662 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12663 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12664 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
12666 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" nil
)
12668 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
12669 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
12670 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if
12672 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
12673 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
12674 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
12676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12678 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp
'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
)
12680 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12681 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12683 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12684 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12685 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12686 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12687 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12689 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
12691 (defalias 'highlight-regexp
'hi-lock-face-buffer
)
12693 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12694 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12696 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12697 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12698 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12699 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12700 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12702 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
12704 (defalias 'highlight-phrase
'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
)
12706 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12707 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12709 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12710 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12712 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
12714 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp
'hi-lock-unface-buffer
)
12716 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12717 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12719 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12720 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12721 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12722 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12723 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12725 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
12727 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns
"hi-lock" "\
12728 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12730 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12731 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12732 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12738 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
12739 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
12740 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12742 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode
"hideif" "\
12743 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12744 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12745 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12746 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12747 how the hiding is done:
12750 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12751 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12754 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12755 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12756 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12757 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12758 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12761 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12762 #endif lines when hiding.
12764 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12765 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12768 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12769 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12770 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12772 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12778 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
12779 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
12780 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12782 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (c++-mode
"{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil
))) "\
12783 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12784 Each element has the form
12785 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12787 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12788 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12790 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12791 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12793 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12794 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12795 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12796 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12797 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12798 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12800 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12801 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12803 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12804 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12806 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12807 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12808 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12810 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode
"hideshow" "\
12811 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
12812 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12813 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12814 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12816 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12817 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12818 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12820 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12821 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12823 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12826 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12830 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow
"hideshow" "\
12831 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
12837 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
12838 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12839 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12840 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
12841 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (19752
12843 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12845 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
12846 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
12848 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12850 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
12851 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
12852 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
12855 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
12856 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12857 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12858 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12859 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
12860 through various faces.
12861 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12862 buffer with the contents of a file
12863 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
12865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12867 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
12868 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
12870 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
12871 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
12872 in a distinctive face.
12874 The default value can be customized with variable
12875 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
12877 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
12879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12881 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight
"hilit-chg" "\
12882 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12883 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12885 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
12887 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change
"hilit-chg" "\
12888 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12892 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change
"hilit-chg" "\
12893 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12897 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces
"hilit-chg" "\
12898 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
12900 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12901 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12902 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12903 shown in the last face in the list.
12905 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
12906 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
12907 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
12909 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
12913 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers
"hilit-chg" "\
12914 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12916 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12918 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12921 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12922 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12924 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12925 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12926 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12928 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil
)
12930 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file
"hilit-chg" "\
12931 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12933 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12934 this function is called interactively.
12936 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
12937 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
12938 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
12940 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12941 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12942 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12944 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil
)
12946 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil
"\
12947 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
12948 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12949 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12950 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12951 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
12953 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" nil
)
12955 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
12956 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
12957 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if
12959 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
12960 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
12961 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
12963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12967 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
12968 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
12969 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
12970 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
12971 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (19752 41642))
12972 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
12974 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list
'(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol
) "\
12975 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
12976 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
12977 or insert functions in this list.")
12979 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list
"hippie-exp" t
)
12981 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t
"\
12982 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
12984 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose
"hippie-exp" t
)
12986 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil
"\
12987 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
12989 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
"hippie-exp" t
)
12991 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t
"\
12992 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
12994 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol
"hippie-exp" t
)
12996 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t
"\
12997 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
12999 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction
"hippie-exp" t
)
13001 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil
"\
13002 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13003 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13005 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13007 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers
(list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode
) "\
13008 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13009 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13012 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13014 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil
"\
13015 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13016 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13017 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13018 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13020 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13022 (autoload 'hippie-expand
"hippie-exp" "\
13023 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13024 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13025 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13026 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13028 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13029 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13030 undoes the expansion.
13034 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function
"hippie-exp" "\
13035 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13036 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13037 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13039 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil
(quote macro
))
13043 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13044 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
13045 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13047 (autoload 'hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
13048 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13049 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13051 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13052 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13053 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13054 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13055 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13057 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13058 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13059 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13060 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13064 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil
"\
13065 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13066 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13067 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13068 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13069 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13071 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" nil
)
13073 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
13074 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13075 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13077 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13078 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13084 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13085 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13086 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13087 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13088 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (19752 41642))
13089 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13091 (defvar holiday-general-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -
1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13092 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13093 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13095 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13097 (put 'holiday-general-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13099 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays
'holiday-general-holidays
"23.1")
13101 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13103 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13105 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13107 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13109 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays
'holiday-oriental-holidays
"23.1")
13111 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil
"\
13113 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13115 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13117 (put 'holiday-local-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13119 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays
'holiday-local-holidays
"23.1")
13121 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil
"\
13122 User defined holidays.
13123 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13125 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13127 (put 'holiday-other-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13129 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays
'holiday-other-holidays
"23.1")
13131 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) year
) (calendar-increment-month m y -
1) (setq year
(calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
1 y
))))) (if (zerop (%
(1+ year
) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13132 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13134 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1
'risky-local-variable t
)
13136 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month
28 displayed-year
)))))) (if (= 6 (%
(calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year
)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13137 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13139 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2
'risky-local-variable t
)
13141 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y
1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
(calendar-last-day-of-month m y
) y
)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (%
(calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year
)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year
))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year
)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s
))) day
) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13142 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13144 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3
'risky-local-variable t
)
13146 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(let* ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -
1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
1 y
))))))) (= 21 (% year
28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13147 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13149 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4
'risky-local-variable t
)
13151 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13153 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13155 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13157 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13159 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays
'holiday-hebrew-holidays
"23.1")
13161 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13162 Christian holidays.
13163 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13165 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13167 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13169 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays
'holiday-christian-holidays
"23.1")
13171 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13173 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13175 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13177 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13179 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays
'holiday-islamic-holidays
"23.1")
13181 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13183 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13185 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13187 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13189 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays
'holiday-bahai-holidays
"23.1")
13191 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts
(format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time
(float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name
))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends
(format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time
(float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name
))))) "\
13192 Sun-related holidays.
13193 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13195 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13197 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13199 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays
'holiday-solar-holidays
"23.1")
13201 (put 'calendar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13203 (autoload 'holidays
"holidays" "\
13204 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13205 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13206 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13210 (autoload 'list-holidays
"holidays" "\
13211 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13212 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13213 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13214 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13216 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13217 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13219 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13220 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13222 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13223 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13224 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13225 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13228 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13230 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil
)
13232 (defalias 'holiday-list
'list-holidays
)
13236 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (19752
13238 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13240 (autoload 'html2text
"html2text" "\
13241 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13247 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
13248 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (19752 41642))
13249 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
13251 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer
"htmlfontify" "\
13252 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
13253 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
13254 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
13257 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
13258 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
13261 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
13262 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
13264 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
13265 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
13266 hyperlinks as appropriate.
13268 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil
)
13270 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir
"htmlfontify" "\
13271 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
13272 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
13274 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
13276 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil
)
13280 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13281 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (19752
13283 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13285 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column
"ibuf-macs" "\
13286 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13288 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13289 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13290 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13292 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13293 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13294 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13295 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13296 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13297 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13299 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13300 title of the column.
13302 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13303 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13304 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13305 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13306 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13308 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13310 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter
"ibuf-macs" "\
13311 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13312 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13313 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13314 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13316 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13317 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13318 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13320 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13322 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op
"ibuf-macs" "\
13323 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13324 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13325 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13326 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13327 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13329 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13330 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13331 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13332 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13333 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13334 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13335 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13336 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13338 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13339 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13340 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13341 buffer's modification flag.
13342 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13343 prompted before performing this operation.
13344 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13345 operation is complete, in the form:
13346 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13347 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13348 confirmation message, in the form:
13349 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13350 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13351 macro for exactly what it does.
13353 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13355 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter
"ibuf-macs" "\
13356 Define a filter named NAME.
13357 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13358 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13359 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13361 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13362 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13363 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13364 bound to the current value of the filter.
13366 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13370 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13371 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (19752 41900))
13372 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13374 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers
"ibuffer" "\
13375 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13376 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13377 buffers which are visiting a file.
13379 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
13381 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window
"ibuffer" "\
13382 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13383 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13384 buffers which are visiting a file.
13386 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
13388 (autoload 'ibuffer
"ibuffer" "\
13389 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13390 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13392 All arguments are optional.
13393 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13394 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13395 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13396 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13397 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13398 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13399 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13400 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13401 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13402 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13403 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13404 that value locally in this buffer.
13406 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil
)
13410 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13411 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13412 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (19752 41642))
13413 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13415 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file
"icalendar" "\
13416 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13417 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13418 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13420 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
13422 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region
"icalendar" "\
13423 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13424 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13425 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13427 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13428 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13429 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13431 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
13433 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file
"icalendar" "\
13434 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13435 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13436 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13437 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13438 non-marking or not.
13440 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
13442 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer
"icalendar" "\
13443 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13445 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13446 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13449 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13450 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13451 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
13453 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13456 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13457 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
13458 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13460 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
13464 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (19752
13466 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13468 (defvar icomplete-mode nil
"\
13469 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13470 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13471 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13472 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13473 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13475 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" nil
)
13477 (autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" "\
13478 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13479 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
13480 otherwise turn it off.
13482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13486 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (19752 41642))
13487 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13489 (autoload 'icon-mode
"icon" "\
13490 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13491 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13492 Tab indents for Icon code.
13493 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13494 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13496 Variables controlling indentation style:
13497 icon-tab-always-indent
13498 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13499 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13501 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13502 inserted in Icon code.
13504 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13505 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13506 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13507 icon-continued-statement-offset
13508 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13509 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13510 icon-continued-brace-offset
13511 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13512 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13514 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13515 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13516 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13517 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13519 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13520 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13526 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13527 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
13528 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13530 (autoload 'idlwave-shell
"idlw-shell" "\
13531 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13532 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13533 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13535 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13536 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13539 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13540 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13542 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13543 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13544 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13546 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13548 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil
)
13552 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13553 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
13554 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13556 (autoload 'idlwave-mode
"idlwave" "\
13557 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
13559 The main features of this mode are
13561 1. Indentation and Formatting
13562 --------------------------
13563 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13564 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13566 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13567 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13568 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13569 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13571 Comments are indented as follows:
13573 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13574 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13575 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13577 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13579 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13580 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13581 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13582 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13583 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13584 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13586 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13587 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13588 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13589 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13593 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13594 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13595 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13596 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13597 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13598 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13599 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13600 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13601 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13602 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13607 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13608 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
13609 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
13610 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13614 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13615 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13616 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13617 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13618 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13621 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13622 --------------------------------
13623 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13624 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
13626 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13627 \\fu FUNCTION template
13628 \\c CASE statement template
13629 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13630 \\f FOR loop template
13631 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13632 \\w WHILE loop template
13633 \\i IF statement template
13634 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13637 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13638 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13640 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13641 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13642 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13643 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13645 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13646 -------------------------
13647 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13648 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13650 7. Automatic END completion
13651 ------------------------
13652 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13653 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13657 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13658 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13660 9. Documentation and Customization
13661 -------------------------------
13662 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13663 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13664 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13665 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
13666 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13670 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13671 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13672 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13674 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13680 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13681 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13682 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13683 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13684 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13685 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13686 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13687 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (19752
13689 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13691 (defvar ido-mode nil
"\
13692 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13693 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13694 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13696 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13697 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13698 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13700 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13701 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13703 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" nil
)
13705 (autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" "\
13706 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13707 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13708 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13709 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13710 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13711 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13712 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13713 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13717 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer
"ido" "\
13718 Switch to another buffer.
13719 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13720 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13723 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13724 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13725 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13726 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13727 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
13729 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13730 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13732 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13733 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13735 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13736 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13737 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13738 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13739 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13740 in a separate window.
13741 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13742 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13743 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13744 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13745 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13746 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13747 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
13748 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13749 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13753 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window
"ido" "\
13754 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13755 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13756 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13760 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer
"ido" "\
13761 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13762 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13763 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13767 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer
"ido" "\
13769 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13770 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13774 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer
"ido" "\
13775 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13776 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13777 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13781 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
"ido" "\
13782 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13783 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13784 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13788 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir
"ido" "\
13789 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13793 (autoload 'ido-find-file
"ido" "\
13794 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13795 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13796 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13797 visible in another frame.
13799 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
13800 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
13801 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13802 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13803 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13804 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
13806 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13807 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13809 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13810 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13812 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13813 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13814 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13815 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13816 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13817 in a separate window.
13818 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
13819 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13820 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
13821 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
13822 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
13823 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13824 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
13825 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13826 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13827 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13828 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
13829 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
13830 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
13831 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
13832 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
13836 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window
"ido" "\
13837 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13838 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13839 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13843 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file
"ido" "\
13844 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13845 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13846 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13850 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only
"ido" "\
13851 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13852 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13853 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13857 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
"ido" "\
13858 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13859 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13860 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13864 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
"ido" "\
13865 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13866 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13867 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13871 (autoload 'ido-display-file
"ido" "\
13872 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13873 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13874 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13878 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame
"ido" "\
13879 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13880 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13881 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13885 (autoload 'ido-write-file
"ido" "\
13886 Write current buffer to a file.
13887 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13888 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13892 (autoload 'ido-insert-file
"ido" "\
13893 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13894 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13895 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13899 (autoload 'ido-dired
"ido" "\
13900 Call `dired' the ido way.
13901 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13902 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13906 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer
"ido" "\
13907 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13908 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13909 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13910 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13911 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
13913 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil
)
13915 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name
"ido" "\
13916 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
13917 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13918 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
13920 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil
)
13922 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name
"ido" "\
13923 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
13924 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13925 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
13927 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil
)
13929 (autoload 'ido-completing-read
"ido" "\
13930 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
13931 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
13932 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
13933 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
13934 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
13935 with `completing-read'.
13936 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
13937 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
13938 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
13939 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
13940 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
13941 with point positioned at the end.
13942 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
13943 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
13945 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil
)
13949 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (19752 41642))
13950 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
13951 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names
(purecopy "*ielm*"))
13953 (autoload 'ielm
"ielm" "\
13954 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
13955 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
13961 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
13962 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
13963 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
13965 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode
"iimage" "\
13966 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
13970 (autoload 'iimage-mode
"iimage" "\
13971 Toggle inline image minor mode.
13973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13977 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
13978 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
13979 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
13980 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
13981 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (19752 41642))
13982 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
13984 (autoload 'image-type-from-data
"image" "\
13985 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
13986 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
13989 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
13991 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer
"image" "\
13992 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
13993 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
13998 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header
"image" "\
13999 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14000 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14003 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
14005 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name
"image" "\
14006 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14007 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14010 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
14012 (autoload 'image-type
"image" "\
14013 Determine and return image type.
14014 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14015 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14016 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14017 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14018 use its file extension as image type.
14019 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14021 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil
)
14023 (autoload 'image-type-available-p
"image" "\
14024 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14025 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14027 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil
)
14029 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p
"image" "\
14030 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14031 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14033 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14034 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14035 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14036 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14041 (autoload 'create-image
"image" "\
14043 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14044 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14045 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14046 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14047 use its file extension as image type.
14048 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14049 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14050 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14051 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14053 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14055 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14056 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14057 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14059 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil
)
14061 (autoload 'put-image
"image" "\
14062 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14063 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14064 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14065 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14066 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14067 POS may be an integer or marker.
14068 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14069 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14070 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14071 means display it in the right marginal area.
14073 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil
)
14075 (autoload 'insert-image
"image" "\
14076 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14077 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14078 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14079 defaulted if you omit it.
14080 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14081 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14082 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14083 means display it in the right marginal area.
14084 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14085 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14086 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14087 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14088 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14090 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil
)
14092 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image
"image" "\
14093 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14094 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14095 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14096 defaulted if you omit it.
14097 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14098 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14099 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14100 means display it in the right marginal area.
14101 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14103 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil
)
14105 (autoload 'remove-images
"image" "\
14106 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14107 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14108 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14110 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
14112 (autoload 'find-image
"image" "\
14113 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14115 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14117 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14118 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14119 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14120 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14121 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14122 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14123 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14124 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14127 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14129 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14131 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil
)
14133 (autoload 'defimage
"image" "\
14134 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14136 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14137 documentation string.
14139 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14140 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14141 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14142 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14143 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14144 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14145 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14150 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14151 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14153 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil
(quote macro
))
14157 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14158 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14159 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14160 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14161 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14162 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14163 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
14164 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (19779 1536))
14165 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14167 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
14168 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
14172 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration
"image-dired" "\
14173 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14175 Convenience command that:
14177 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14178 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14179 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14181 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14182 image files in dired and type
14183 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14185 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14187 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14188 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14190 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14192 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
14193 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14194 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14195 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14196 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14199 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14200 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14201 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14203 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14204 instead of erasing it first.
14206 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14207 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14208 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14209 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14210 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14211 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14213 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil
)
14215 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
"image-dired" "\
14216 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14217 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14218 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14223 (defalias 'image-dired
'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
)
14225 (defalias 'tumme
'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
)
14227 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files
"image-dired" "\
14228 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14232 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag
"image-dired" "\
14233 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14234 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14238 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer
"image-dired" "\
14239 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14243 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
"image-dired" "\
14244 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14245 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14246 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14250 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append
"image-dired" "\
14251 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14255 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb
"image-dired" "\
14256 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14260 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external
"image-dired" "\
14261 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14265 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image
"image-dired" "\
14266 Display current image file.
14267 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14268 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14270 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14272 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files
"image-dired" "\
14273 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14277 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files
"image-dired" "\
14278 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14279 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14280 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14281 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14282 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14283 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14287 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags
"image-dired" "\
14288 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14289 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14296 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14297 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14298 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (19752 41642))
14299 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14301 (defvar image-file-name-extensions
(purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14302 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14303 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14304 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14306 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14307 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14308 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14309 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14311 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions
"image-file" nil
)
14313 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil
"\
14314 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14315 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14316 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14318 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14319 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14320 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14321 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14323 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps
"image-file" nil
)
14325 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp
"image-file" "\
14326 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14330 (autoload 'insert-image-file
"image-file" "\
14331 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14332 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14333 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14335 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil
)
14337 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil
"\
14338 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14339 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14340 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14341 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14342 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14344 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" nil
)
14346 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" "\
14347 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14348 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14349 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14351 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14352 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14353 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14359 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
14360 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (19752 41642))
14361 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14362 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.jpe?g\\'") 'image-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14363 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.png\\'") 'image-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14364 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.gif\\'") 'image-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14365 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.tiff?\\'") 'image-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14366 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.p[bpgn]m\\'") 'image-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14367 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.x[bp]m\\'") 'c-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14368 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.x[bp]m\\'") 'image-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14369 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.svgz?\\'") 'xml-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14370 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.svgz?\\'") 'image-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14372 (autoload 'image-mode
"image-mode" "\
14373 Major mode for image files.
14374 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14375 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14379 (autoload 'image-minor-mode
"image-mode" "\
14380 Toggle Image minor mode.
14381 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14382 It provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14383 to display an image file as the actual image.
14385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14387 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text
"image-mode" "\
14388 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
14389 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
14390 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
14391 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14392 to display an image file as the actual image.
14394 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
14395 to display an image file as text initially.
14397 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
14402 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump
"image-mode" "\
14405 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
14409 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14410 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19752 41642))
14411 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14413 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil
"\
14414 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14416 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14418 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14419 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14422 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14424 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14425 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14426 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14428 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function
"imenu" t
)
14430 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil
"\
14431 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14433 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14434 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14435 pattern's structure.
14437 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14438 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14439 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14441 (put 'imenu-generic-expression
'risky-local-variable t
)
14443 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression
)
14445 (defvar imenu-create-index-function
'imenu-default-create-index-function
"\
14446 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
14448 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
14449 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
14450 called within a `save-excursion'.
14452 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
14454 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function
)
14456 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function
'beginning-of-defun
"\
14457 Function for finding the next index position.
14459 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14460 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14461 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14464 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14465 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14467 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function
)
14469 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil
"\
14470 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14472 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14473 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14474 It should return the name for that index item.")
14476 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function
)
14478 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil
"\
14479 Function to compare string with index item.
14481 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14482 non-nil if they match.
14484 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14485 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14486 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14487 arguments match\".")
14489 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function
)
14491 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function
'imenu-default-goto-function
"\
14492 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14493 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14495 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function
)
14496 (put 'imenu--index-alist
'risky-local-variable t
)
14498 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist
)
14500 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search
)
14502 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar
"imenu" "\
14503 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14504 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14505 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14509 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index
"imenu" "\
14510 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14512 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14516 (autoload 'imenu
"imenu" "\
14517 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14518 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14519 for more information.
14521 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil
)
14525 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14526 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14527 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (19752 41642))
14528 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14530 (autoload 'indian-compose-region
"ind-util" "\
14531 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14533 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
14535 (autoload 'indian-compose-string
"ind-util" "\
14538 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
14540 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion
"ind-util" "\
14543 \(fn LEN)" nil nil
)
14545 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
"ind-util" "\
14548 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
14550 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region
"ind-util" "\
14551 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
14553 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
14557 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14558 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14559 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (19752 41642))
14560 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14562 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp
(purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
14563 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14564 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14565 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14566 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14568 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp
"inf-lisp" t
)
14570 (defvar inferior-lisp-program
(purecopy "lisp") "\
14571 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14573 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program
"inf-lisp" t
)
14575 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command
(purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
14576 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14577 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14578 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14579 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14580 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14581 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14582 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14584 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command
"inf-lisp" t
)
14586 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt
(purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
14587 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14588 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14589 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14590 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14592 This variable is only used if the variable
14593 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14595 More precise choices:
14596 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14597 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14600 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14602 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt
"inf-lisp" t
)
14604 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook
'nil
"\
14605 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
14607 (autoload 'inferior-lisp
"inf-lisp" "\
14608 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14609 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14611 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14612 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14613 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14614 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14617 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names
(purecopy "*inferior-lisp*"))
14619 (defalias 'run-lisp
'inferior-lisp
)
14623 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
14624 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-finder info-apropos
14625 ;;;;;; Info-index Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone
14626 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
14627 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
14628 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14630 (autoload 'info-other-window
"info" "\
14631 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14633 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil
)
14634 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps
(purecopy "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
14635 (put 'info
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
14637 (autoload 'info
"info" "\
14638 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14639 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
14640 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14641 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
14642 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14643 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14644 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14645 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14646 with the top-level Info directory.
14648 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14649 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14650 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14651 appended to the Info buffer name.
14653 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14654 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14655 in all the directories in that path.
14657 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
14659 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil
)
14661 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual
"info" "\
14662 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14666 (autoload 'info-standalone
"info" "\
14667 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14668 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14669 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14673 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer
"info" "\
14674 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
14675 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
14676 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
14678 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil
)
14680 (autoload 'Info-directory
"info" "\
14681 Go to the Info directory node.
14685 (autoload 'Info-index
"info" "\
14686 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
14687 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14688 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14689 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14690 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14692 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil
)
14694 (autoload 'info-apropos
"info" "\
14695 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14696 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14698 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
14700 (autoload 'info-finder
"info" "\
14701 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
14705 (autoload 'Info-mode
"info" "\
14706 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14707 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14708 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14709 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14711 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14712 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14714 Selecting other nodes:
14715 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14716 Follow a node reference you click on.
14717 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14718 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14719 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14720 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14721 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14722 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14723 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14724 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14725 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14726 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14727 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14728 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14729 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14730 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14731 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14732 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14733 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14734 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14735 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14736 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14738 Moving within a node:
14739 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14740 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14741 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14742 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14743 move up to the parent node.
14744 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14745 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14747 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14750 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14751 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14752 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14753 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
14754 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
14755 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14756 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
14757 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14758 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
14759 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14760 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
14761 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
14762 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
14763 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
14764 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
14765 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
14768 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
14770 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
"info" "\
14771 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14772 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14773 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14774 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14775 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14777 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
14778 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
14780 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
"info" "\
14781 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14783 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14784 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14785 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14786 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14790 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser
"info" "\
14791 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
14792 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14796 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump
"info" "\
14797 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
14798 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
14800 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
14804 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14805 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14806 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
14807 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14809 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset
"info-look" "\
14810 Throw away all cached data.
14811 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14812 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14816 (put 'info-lookup-symbol
'info-file
"emacs")
14818 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol
"info-look" "\
14819 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14820 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
14821 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
14822 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
14823 one found at point.
14825 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14827 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil
)
14828 (put 'info-lookup-file
'info-file
"emacs")
14830 (autoload 'info-lookup-file
"info-look" "\
14831 Display the documentation of a file.
14832 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14833 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14834 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14835 The default file name is the one found at point.
14837 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14839 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil
)
14841 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol
"info-look" "\
14842 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14844 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
14846 (autoload 'info-complete-file
"info-look" "\
14847 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14849 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
14853 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14854 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (19752 41642))
14855 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14857 (autoload 'info-xref-check
"info-xref" "\
14858 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14860 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
14862 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all
"info-xref" "\
14863 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14864 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14868 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom
"info-xref" "\
14869 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14870 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14872 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14873 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14880 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
14881 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (19752 41642))
14882 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14884 (autoload 'Info-tagify
"informat" "\
14885 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14887 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil
)
14889 (defvar Info-split-threshold
262144 "\
14890 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
14892 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold
"informat" t
)
14894 (autoload 'Info-split
"informat" "\
14895 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
14896 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
14897 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
14899 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
14900 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
14901 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
14903 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
14904 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
14905 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
14906 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
14910 (autoload 'Info-validate
"informat" "\
14911 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
14912 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
14916 (autoload 'batch-info-validate
"informat" "\
14917 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
14918 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
14919 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
14920 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
14926 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
14927 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
14928 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
14929 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
14931 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
14932 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
14936 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
14937 Toggle input method in interactive search.
14941 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters
"isearch-x" "\
14944 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil
)
14948 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (19752
14950 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
14952 (autoload 'isearchb-activate
"isearchb" "\
14953 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
14954 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
14955 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
14956 accessed via isearchb.
14962 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
14963 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
14964 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
14965 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (19752 41642))
14966 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
14968 (autoload 'iso-spanish
"iso-cvt" "\
14969 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
14970 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14971 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
14972 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14974 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14976 (autoload 'iso-german
"iso-cvt" "\
14977 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
14978 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
14979 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
14980 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14982 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14984 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex
"iso-cvt" "\
14985 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
14986 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14987 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
14988 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14990 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14992 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
14993 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14994 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14995 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
14996 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14998 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15000 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
15001 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15002 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15003 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15004 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15006 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15008 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex
"iso-cvt" "\
15009 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15010 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15011 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15012 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15014 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15016 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden
"iso-cvt" "\
15017 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15018 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15019 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15020 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15022 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15024 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml
"iso-cvt" "\
15025 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15026 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15027 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15029 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15031 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
15032 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15033 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15034 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15036 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15038 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only
"iso-cvt" "\
15039 Warn that format is read-only.
15041 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
15043 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only
"iso-cvt" "\
15044 Warn that format is write-only.
15046 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
15048 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu
"iso-cvt" "\
15049 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15056 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
15057 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15058 (or key-translation-map
(setq key-translation-map
(make-sparse-keymap)))
15059 (define-key key-translation-map
"\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
)
15060 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
"iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t
'keymap
)
15064 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15065 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15066 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15067 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15068 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (19752 41642))
15069 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15070 (put 'ispell-check-comments
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (a) (memq a
'(nil t exclusive
))))
15072 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil
"\
15073 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15074 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15075 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15076 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15078 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary
"ispell" t
)
15079 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
15081 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil
"\
15082 Key map for ispell menu.")
15084 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil
"\
15085 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15086 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15087 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15089 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed
(and (not ispell-menu-map
) (not (featurep 'xemacs
)) 'reload
))
15091 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (setq ispell-menu-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-change-dictionary
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary
:help
,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-kill-ispell
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell
:enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-process
) ispell-process
(eq (ispell-process-status) 'run
)) :help
,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-pdict-save
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil
(interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t
)) :help
,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-customize
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil
(interactive) (customize-group 'ispell
)) :help
,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-help
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil
(interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help
)) :help
,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[flyspell-mode
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button
(:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode
))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15093 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-continue
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue
:enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-region-end
) (marker-position ispell-region-end
) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end
) (current-buffer))) :help
,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-comments-and-strings
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15095 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-region
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region
:enable mark-active
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-message
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message
:visible
(eq major-mode
'mail-mode
) :help
,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-buffer
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map
(symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map
))))
15097 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist
`((ispell-words-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line
) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \
, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \
, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \
, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \
, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15098 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15099 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15100 Valid forms include:
15101 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15102 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15103 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15104 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15106 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists
(purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" .
"\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("program" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15107 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15108 First list is used raw.
15109 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15111 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15112 for skipping in latex mode.")
15114 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists
'(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15115 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15116 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15117 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15118 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15119 (put 'ispell-local-pdict
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
15120 (define-key esc-map
"$" 'ispell-word
)
15122 (autoload 'ispell-word
"ispell" "\
15123 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15124 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15125 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15127 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15128 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15129 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15130 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15131 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15133 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15134 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15136 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15137 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15139 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15140 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15142 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15143 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15146 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15147 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15148 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15149 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15150 quit spell session exited.
15152 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil
)
15154 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save
"ispell" "\
15155 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15156 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15158 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil
)
15160 (autoload 'ispell-help
"ispell" "\
15161 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15165 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15166 SPC: Accept word this time.
15167 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15168 `a': Accept word for this session.
15169 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15170 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15171 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15172 `?': Show these commands.
15173 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15174 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15175 the aborted check to be completed later.
15176 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15177 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15178 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15179 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15180 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15181 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15182 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15186 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell
"ispell" "\
15187 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15188 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15190 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil
)
15192 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary
"ispell" "\
15193 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15194 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15195 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15197 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15199 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15201 (autoload 'ispell-region
"ispell" "\
15202 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15203 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15204 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15206 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil
)
15208 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings
"ispell" "\
15209 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15213 (autoload 'ispell-buffer
"ispell" "\
15214 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15218 (autoload 'ispell-continue
"ispell" "\
15219 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15223 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word
"ispell" "\
15224 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15225 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15226 sequence inside of a word.
15228 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15230 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil
)
15232 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
"ispell" "\
15233 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15237 (autoload 'ispell
"ispell" "\
15238 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15239 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15240 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15242 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15243 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15244 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15245 available on the net.
15249 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode
"ispell" "\
15250 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15251 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
15252 otherwise turn it off.
15254 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15255 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15257 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15258 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15262 (autoload 'ispell-message
"ispell" "\
15263 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15264 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15265 Don't check included messages.
15267 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15268 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15269 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15271 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15272 in your .emacs file:
15273 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15274 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15275 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15276 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15278 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15279 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15280 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15286 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (19752
15288 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15290 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil
"\
15291 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15292 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15293 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15294 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15295 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15297 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode
"iswitchb" nil
)
15299 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode
"iswitchb" "\
15300 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15301 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
15302 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15303 `iswitchb' for details.
15305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15309 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15310 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15311 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15312 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19752 41642))
15313 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15315 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal
"japan-util" "\
15320 (autoload 'japanese-katakana
"japan-util" "\
15321 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15322 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15323 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15324 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15325 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15326 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15327 necessary to represent OBJ.
15329 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil
)
15331 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana
"japan-util" "\
15332 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15333 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15334 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15336 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
15338 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku
"japan-util" "\
15339 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15340 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15341 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15342 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15344 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil
)
15346 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku
"japan-util" "\
15347 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15348 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15349 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15351 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
15353 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region
"japan-util" "\
15354 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15355 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15356 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15358 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil
)
15360 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region
"japan-util" "\
15361 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15363 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15365 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region
"japan-util" "\
15366 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15367 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15368 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15369 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15371 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil
)
15373 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region
"japan-util" "\
15374 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15375 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15376 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15377 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15379 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil
)
15381 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string
"japan-util" "\
15382 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15383 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15385 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil
)
15389 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15390 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (19754 9185))
15391 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15393 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil
"\
15394 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15395 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15396 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15398 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler
"jka-compr" "\
15401 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
15403 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall
"jka-compr" "\
15404 Uninstall jka-compr.
15405 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15406 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15407 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15413 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (19770 11773))
15414 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
15416 (autoload 'js-mode
"js" "\
15417 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
15425 (defalias 'javascript-mode
'js-mode
)
15429 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15430 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15431 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
15432 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15434 (defvar keypad-setup nil
"\
15435 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15436 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15437 decimal key must be specified.")
15439 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15441 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil
"\
15442 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15443 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15444 decimal key must be specified.")
15446 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15448 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil
"\
15449 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15450 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15451 decimal key must be specified.")
15453 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15455 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil
"\
15456 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15457 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15458 decimal key must be specified.")
15460 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15462 (autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" "\
15463 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
15464 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15465 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15466 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15470 -------------------------------------------------------------
15471 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15472 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15473 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15474 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15475 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15476 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15477 in the global and local keymaps.
15479 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15480 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15482 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil
)
15486 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15487 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
15488 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15490 (autoload 'kinsoku
"kinsoku" "\
15491 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15492 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15494 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15495 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15496 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15497 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15500 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15501 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15502 the context of text formatting.
15504 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil
)
15508 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (19752
15510 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15512 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil
"\
15513 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15514 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15515 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15516 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15517 positions that contains the current selection.")
15519 (autoload 'kkc-region
"kkc" "\
15520 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15521 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15522 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15523 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15524 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15525 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15527 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15531 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15532 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15533 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
15534 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (19752 41642))
15535 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15536 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro
)
15537 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro
)
15538 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro
)
15539 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15540 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15541 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15542 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15544 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
15545 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
15547 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
15549 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
15550 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15551 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15552 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15553 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15555 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15557 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15558 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15559 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15561 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15562 defining the macro.
15564 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15565 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15566 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15568 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15569 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15573 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
15574 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15575 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15576 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15577 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15580 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15581 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15582 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15586 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15587 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15588 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15590 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15591 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15592 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15593 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15595 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15596 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15598 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15600 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
15601 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15602 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15604 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15607 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15608 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15610 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15611 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15612 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
15614 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15615 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15619 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15620 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15621 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15622 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15624 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15626 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15627 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15628 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15629 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15631 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15632 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15634 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15636 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
15637 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15638 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15640 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15644 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15645 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19752 41642))
15646 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15648 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
15649 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15650 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15652 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
15659 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15660 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
15661 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15663 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
15665 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
15666 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15670 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
15672 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
15673 Start or resume an Lm game.
15674 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15675 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15677 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15678 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15679 none / 1 | yes | no
15684 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15685 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15686 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15692 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
15693 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
15694 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (19752 41642))
15695 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15697 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
15700 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15702 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
15703 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15704 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15705 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15706 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15707 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15709 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15710 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15712 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15714 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
15715 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15717 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15719 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
15722 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
15724 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
15727 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15731 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15732 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15733 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (19752 41642))
15734 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15736 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
15737 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15738 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
15739 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15741 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
15743 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15744 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
15745 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
15747 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
15749 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
15750 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
15751 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
15755 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15756 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
15757 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
15758 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
15760 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
15764 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15765 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (19752 41642))
15766 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15768 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15769 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15770 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15771 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15772 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15773 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15774 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15775 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15777 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15778 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15780 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15781 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15783 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
15785 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
15786 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15787 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15788 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15789 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15790 `latin1-display-setup'.
15792 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15794 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15795 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15796 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15797 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15799 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15800 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15802 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
15806 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
15807 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
15808 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
15810 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
15812 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("ld\\.?script\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
15814 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
15816 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
15817 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
15823 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15824 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
15825 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15827 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15828 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15830 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15831 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15833 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15834 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15836 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
15837 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
15838 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15839 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
15840 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15841 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
15842 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
15843 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
15844 and transmit saved text.
15847 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15848 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15852 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
15859 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (19752 41642))
15860 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15862 (autoload 'life "life" "\
15863 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15864 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15865 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15866 generations (this defaults to 1).
15868 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15872 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
15873 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (19752 41642))
15874 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
15876 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
15877 Format used to display line numbers.
15878 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
15879 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
15880 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
15881 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
15883 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
15885 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
15886 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
15888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15890 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
15891 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
15892 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15893 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15894 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15895 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
15897 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
15899 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
15900 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
15901 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if
15903 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
15904 `linum-on' would do it.
15905 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
15907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15911 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (19752
15913 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
15915 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
15916 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
15917 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
15918 is nil, raise an error.
15920 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
15921 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
15922 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
15923 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
15924 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
15925 defined by the library.
15927 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
15928 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
15929 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
15930 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
15931 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
15934 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
15935 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
15936 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
15937 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
15939 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
15943 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
15944 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19752 41642))
15945 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
15947 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
15948 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
15949 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
15951 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
15953 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
15954 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
15955 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
15956 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
15958 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
15959 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
15960 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
15961 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
15962 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
15963 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
15966 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
15967 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
15969 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
15970 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
15972 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
15973 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
15975 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
15977 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
15978 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
15979 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
15980 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
15981 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
15982 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
15983 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
15984 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
15985 to constrain a big search.
15987 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
15989 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
15990 except that FILTER is not optional.
15992 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
15996 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (19752 41642))
15997 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
15999 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16000 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16001 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
16003 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16004 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16005 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16006 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16007 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16009 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16010 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16011 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16012 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16013 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16015 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16016 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16017 uses the current buffer.
16019 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16023 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (19752
16025 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16027 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16028 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16034 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (19752
16036 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16038 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16039 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16040 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16041 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16042 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16044 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16045 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16046 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16048 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16049 are indicated with a symbol.
16051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16055 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16056 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (19752
16058 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16060 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)))
16062 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16064 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16065 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16066 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16068 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16069 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16071 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16072 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16073 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16074 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16075 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16076 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16077 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16079 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16081 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16082 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16083 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16084 switch on this list.
16085 See `lpr-command'.")
16087 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16089 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16090 Name of program for printing a file.
16092 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16093 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16094 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16095 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16096 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16097 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16100 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16102 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16103 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16104 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16105 for customization of the printer command.
16109 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16110 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16112 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16113 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16114 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16115 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16117 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16118 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16120 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16121 for further customization of the printer command.
16125 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16126 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16127 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16128 for customization of the printer command.
16130 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16132 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16133 Paginate and print the region contents.
16135 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16136 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16137 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16138 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16140 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16141 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16143 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16144 for further customization of the printer command.
16146 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16150 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16151 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
16152 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16154 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16155 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16156 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16158 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16162 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19752
16164 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16166 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16167 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16168 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16169 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16173 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16177 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (19752
16179 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16181 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16182 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16189 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16190 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
16191 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16193 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16194 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16195 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16196 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16197 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16199 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16203 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16204 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (19752 41642))
16205 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16207 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16208 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16209 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16210 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16211 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16213 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16215 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16216 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16217 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16218 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16220 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16221 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16222 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16223 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16226 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16227 use this command, and then save the file.
16229 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16231 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16232 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16233 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16234 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16235 each time the macro executes.
16236 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16237 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16238 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16239 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16240 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16241 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16242 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16246 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16247 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16248 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16249 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16251 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16252 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16253 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16256 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16257 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16259 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16260 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16261 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16262 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16263 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16265 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16268 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16269 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16270 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16272 You could enter the names in this format:
16278 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16281 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16284 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16285 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16287 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16288 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16292 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16293 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (19752 41642))
16294 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16296 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16297 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16298 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16299 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16300 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16301 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16303 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16304 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16305 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16306 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16307 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16309 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16310 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16311 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16314 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16316 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16317 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16319 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16323 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16324 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16325 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
16326 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16328 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
16329 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16333 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
16338 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16339 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16341 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
16343 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
16344 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16345 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16348 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16354 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16355 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
16356 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el"
16357 ;;;;;; (19744 33840))
16358 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16360 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16361 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16362 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16363 often correct parser.")
16365 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
16367 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
16368 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
16370 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16372 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16373 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16374 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16375 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16377 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16379 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16380 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16381 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16382 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16384 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
16386 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16387 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16388 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16389 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16391 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16393 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16394 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16395 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16396 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16397 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
16398 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
16399 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
16400 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16401 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16404 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16406 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
16407 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16408 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16409 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16410 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16411 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
16412 matches may be returned from the message body.
16414 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16418 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
16419 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (19752
16421 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16423 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
16424 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
16425 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16426 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16427 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16428 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
16430 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
16432 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
16433 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
16435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16437 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
16438 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16442 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
16443 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16444 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16446 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16448 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
16449 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16450 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16452 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
16453 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
16454 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
16457 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16461 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16462 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19752
16464 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16466 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
16467 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16468 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16470 If `parens', they look like:
16471 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16472 If `angles', they look like:
16473 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16475 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
16477 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
16478 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16479 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16480 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16481 their `Resent-' variants.
16483 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16484 removed from alias expansions.
16486 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16488 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
16489 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16490 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16492 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16493 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16494 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16495 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16497 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16499 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
16500 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16501 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16502 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16508 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16509 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
16510 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16512 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
16513 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16514 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16515 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16521 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
16522 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
16523 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19752 41642))
16524 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16526 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
16527 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16529 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16530 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16531 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
16532 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
16533 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
16534 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
16536 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16537 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16538 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16539 dependency, despite the colon.
16541 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16543 In the browser, use the following keys:
16545 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16547 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16549 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16550 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16552 `makefile-target-colon':
16553 The string that gets appended to all target names
16554 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16555 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16557 `makefile-macro-assign':
16558 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16559 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16560 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16561 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16562 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16563 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16565 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16566 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16567 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16569 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16570 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16572 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16573 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16574 up or down in the browser.
16576 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16577 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16579 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16580 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16582 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16583 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16584 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16585 has been selected in the browser.
16587 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16588 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16589 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16590 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16591 filenames are omitted.
16593 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16594 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16595 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16596 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16597 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16598 the backslash itself intact.
16599 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16600 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16602 `makefile-browser-hook':
16603 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16604 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16606 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16607 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16608 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16609 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16613 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
16614 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16618 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16619 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16623 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
16624 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16628 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16629 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16633 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
16634 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
16640 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (19752
16642 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16644 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
16645 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16646 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16652 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (19752 41642))
16653 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16655 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
16657 (autoload 'man "man" "\
16658 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16659 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
16660 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
16661 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
16662 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
16663 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
16664 page, it will display immediately.
16666 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
16667 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
16668 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
16673 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
16674 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
16675 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
16676 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
16680 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
16681 otherwise look like a page name.
16686 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
16687 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
16688 \"egrep\" style regexp.
16692 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16694 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
16695 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16697 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16701 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (19752 41642))
16702 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16704 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
16705 Toggle Master mode.
16706 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16707 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16708 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16710 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16711 following commands:
16713 \\{master-mode-map}
16715 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16716 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16717 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16723 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
16724 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
16725 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
16727 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
16728 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
16729 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16730 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16731 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16732 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
16734 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
16736 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
16737 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
16738 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
16739 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
16740 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
16742 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16743 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16749 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
16750 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
16751 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
16752 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
16753 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
16754 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
16755 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (19757 55474))
16756 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
16758 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
16760 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
16761 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16762 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16763 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16764 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16765 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16766 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16767 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16768 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16769 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16770 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16771 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16772 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16773 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16774 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
16775 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16776 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16777 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16778 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16779 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16780 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16781 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16782 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16783 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16784 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16785 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16786 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16787 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16788 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16789 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16790 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16791 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16792 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16793 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16794 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16795 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16796 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16797 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
16801 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
16802 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
16803 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
16804 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
16805 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
16807 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
16809 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
16810 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16812 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16814 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
16815 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
16817 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
16819 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
16820 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
16822 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
16824 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
16825 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
16826 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
16828 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
16830 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
16831 Cancel an article you posted.
16832 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
16834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16836 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
16837 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16838 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16839 header line with the old Message-ID.
16843 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
16844 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16848 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
16849 Forward the current message via mail.
16850 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16851 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16853 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16855 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
16858 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16860 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
16863 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16865 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
16866 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16870 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
16871 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16873 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16875 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
16876 Re-mail the current message.
16877 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16878 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16883 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
16884 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
16886 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16888 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
16889 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
16891 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16893 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
16894 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16896 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16898 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
16899 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16901 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16903 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
16904 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
16905 Works by overstriking characters.
16906 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16907 which specify the range to operate on.
16909 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16911 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
16912 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
16913 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16914 which specify the range to operate on.
16916 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16920 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
16921 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
16922 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
16924 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
16925 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
16929 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
16930 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16934 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
16935 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
16939 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
16940 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16946 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
16947 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
16948 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
16949 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
16951 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
16952 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16953 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
16957 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
16958 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16959 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16960 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16961 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16962 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16963 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
16965 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16967 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
16968 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
16969 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16970 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16971 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16973 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16974 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16976 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16978 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
16979 Process current region through 'metamail'.
16980 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16981 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16982 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16984 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16985 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16987 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16991 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
16992 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
16993 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (19752 41642))
16994 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
16996 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
16997 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
16998 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17002 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17003 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17004 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17008 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17009 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17011 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17012 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17013 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17015 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17016 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17018 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17019 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17021 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17023 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17025 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17026 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17027 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17028 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17029 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17032 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17033 initial Subject field, respectively.
17035 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17036 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17039 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17042 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17044 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17045 Save draft and send message.
17047 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17048 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17049 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17052 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17053 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17054 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17056 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17057 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17058 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17059 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17060 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17061 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17063 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17064 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17066 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17067 message and scan line.
17069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17071 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17072 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17074 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17075 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17076 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17077 delete the draft message.
17083 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (19752 41642))
17084 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17086 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17088 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17090 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17092 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17093 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17099 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17100 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (19752 41642))
17101 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17103 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17104 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17105 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17107 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17108 the MH mail system.
17110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17112 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17113 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17114 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17116 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17117 the MH mail system.
17119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17121 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17122 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17124 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17125 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17126 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17129 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17130 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17131 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17134 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17138 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17139 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17140 can be used in several ways.
17142 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17143 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17144 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17145 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17149 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17150 The range must be nonempty.
17155 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17156 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17163 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17166 All of the messages.
17168 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17169 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17171 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17172 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17173 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17175 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17181 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17182 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (19752 41642))
17183 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17185 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17186 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17187 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17188 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17189 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17190 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17191 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17192 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17193 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17194 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17195 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17199 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17200 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17201 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17202 to its second argument TM.
17204 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17208 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17209 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (19752 41642))
17210 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17212 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17213 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17214 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17215 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17216 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17217 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17219 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17221 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17222 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17223 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17224 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17225 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17226 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17227 default indication.
17229 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17230 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17232 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17236 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (19752 41642))
17237 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17239 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17240 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17241 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17242 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17243 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17244 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17245 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17246 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17247 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17253 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17254 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17255 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (19752 41642))
17256 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17257 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17259 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17260 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17262 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
17263 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
17264 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
17267 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
17268 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
17269 end of the search space).
17271 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
17272 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
17273 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
17274 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
17275 should return the previous buffer to search.
17277 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
17278 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
17279 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
17281 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
17282 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
17283 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
17286 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
17287 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
17288 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
17290 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
17291 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
17292 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
17296 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
17297 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17298 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17299 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17300 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17301 whose names match the specified regexp.
17303 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17305 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
17306 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17307 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17308 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17309 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17310 whose names match the specified regexp.
17312 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17314 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
17315 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
17316 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17317 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17318 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17319 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17320 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17322 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17324 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
17325 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
17326 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17327 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17328 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17329 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17330 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17332 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17336 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17337 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
17338 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17340 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
17341 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17346 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
17350 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17351 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (19752 41642))
17352 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17354 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
17355 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17357 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17359 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
17360 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17361 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17362 the entire message.
17363 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17365 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17369 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17370 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
17371 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17373 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
17374 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17375 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17376 the entire message.
17377 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17379 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17383 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17384 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (19752 41642))
17385 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17387 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
17388 Insert file contents of URL.
17389 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17391 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17393 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
17394 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17396 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17400 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17401 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (19752 41642))
17402 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17404 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
17405 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17406 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17407 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17408 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17410 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17412 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
17413 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17414 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17416 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17420 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17421 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
17422 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17424 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
17427 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17429 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
17432 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17436 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17437 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17438 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (19752 41642))
17439 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17441 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
17444 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17446 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
17449 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17451 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
17454 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17456 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
17459 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17461 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17464 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17466 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
17469 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17471 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17478 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17479 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
17480 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17482 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
17483 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17484 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17485 followed by the first character of the construct.
17487 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17488 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17489 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17490 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17491 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17492 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17493 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17494 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17495 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17496 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17497 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17498 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17499 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17502 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17503 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17504 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17510 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17511 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
17512 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17514 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
17515 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17517 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17519 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
17520 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17522 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17526 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
17527 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (19752 41642))
17528 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
17530 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
17531 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17533 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
17534 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
17535 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
17537 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17538 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
17539 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17541 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
17542 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
17544 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
17545 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
17546 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
17547 hemisphere you're in.)
17549 To test this function, evaluate:
17550 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
17552 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17554 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
17555 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17557 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
17558 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
17560 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17561 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
17562 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17564 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
17565 middle button in Tk text widgets.
17567 To test this function, evaluate:
17568 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
17570 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17574 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (19752
17576 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17578 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17579 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17580 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17581 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17582 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17583 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17585 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
17587 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
17588 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17589 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17590 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17592 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17594 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17596 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17598 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17599 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17600 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17601 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17602 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17603 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17605 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17606 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17607 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17608 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17609 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17611 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17612 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17614 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17615 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17617 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17619 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17620 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17621 primary selection and region.
17623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17627 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (19752 41642))
17628 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
17630 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
17631 Main entry point for MPC.
17637 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19752 41642))
17638 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17640 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
17641 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17647 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (19777 41324))
17648 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17650 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17651 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17652 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17653 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17654 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17655 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
17657 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
17659 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
17661 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17662 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17663 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17669 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
17670 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17671 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17672 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17673 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17674 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
17675 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17677 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
17678 Display a list of all character sets.
17680 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17681 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17682 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
17683 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
17684 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17686 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17687 but still shows the full information.
17691 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
17692 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17693 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
17695 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17696 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17697 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17698 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
17699 meanings of these arguments.
17701 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17703 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
17704 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
17706 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17708 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
17709 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17711 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17713 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17714 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17716 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17718 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
17719 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17721 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17722 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17724 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17725 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17726 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17727 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17728 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17729 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17730 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17731 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17732 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17733 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17734 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17735 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17736 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17737 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17738 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17739 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
17743 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17744 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
17748 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
17749 Display a list of all coding systems.
17750 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
17752 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17753 but still contains full information about each coding system.
17755 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17757 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
17758 Display a list of all coding categories.
17762 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
17763 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
17764 The font must be already used by Emacs.
17766 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
17768 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
17769 Display information about FONTSET.
17770 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
17772 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
17774 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
17775 Display a list of all fontsets.
17776 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
17777 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
17778 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
17782 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
17783 Display information about all input methods.
17787 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
17788 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
17790 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
17791 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
17792 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
17793 system which uses fontsets).
17797 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
17798 Show log of font listing and opening.
17799 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
17800 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
17802 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
17806 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
17807 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
17808 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
17809 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
17810 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
17811 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (19752 41642))
17812 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
17814 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
17815 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
17816 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
17818 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
17820 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17822 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17823 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17825 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17826 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17828 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
17829 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17831 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17833 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
17834 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17835 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17836 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17837 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17838 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17839 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17841 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17842 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17843 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17844 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17845 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17846 middle of a character in STR.
17848 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17849 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17851 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17852 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17853 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17854 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17855 defaults to \"...\".
17857 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17859 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17860 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17862 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17863 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17864 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17866 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17867 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17868 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17870 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17871 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17872 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17874 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17875 longer than KEYSEQ.
17876 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17878 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
17880 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17881 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
17882 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
17883 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
17884 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
17885 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
17886 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
17887 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
17888 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
17889 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
17890 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
17892 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
17894 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
17895 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
17897 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17899 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
17900 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
17902 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17904 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
17905 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
17907 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17909 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
17910 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
17912 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17914 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
17915 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
17916 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-priority'.
17917 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
17918 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
17920 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
17921 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
17923 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
17924 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
17925 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
17926 coding systems ordered by priority.
17928 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
17930 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
17931 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
17932 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
17933 language environment LANG-ENV.
17935 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
17937 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
17938 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
17939 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
17940 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
17941 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
17942 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
17944 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
17948 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
17949 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
17950 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
17951 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19752
17953 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
17955 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
17956 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
17960 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
17961 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
17965 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
17966 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
17970 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
17971 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
17975 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
17976 Run route and display diagnostic output.
17980 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
17981 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
17983 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
17985 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
17987 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
17988 `ping-program-options'.
17992 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
17993 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
17997 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
17998 Run nslookup program.
18002 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18003 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18007 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18012 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18017 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18018 Finger USER on HOST.
18020 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18022 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18023 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18024 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18025 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18027 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18029 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18034 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18035 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18037 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18039 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18040 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18042 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18046 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18047 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18048 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18049 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18050 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18051 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (19752 41642))
18052 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18054 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18056 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18058 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18060 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18062 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18063 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18064 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18065 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18066 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18067 Major modes should set this variable.")
18069 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18070 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18071 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18072 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18073 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18074 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18076 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18077 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18079 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18080 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18081 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18083 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18084 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18085 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18086 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18087 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18089 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18090 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18091 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18093 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
18094 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18095 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18096 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18098 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18099 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18100 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18101 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18102 column indentation or nil.
18103 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18105 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18106 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18107 The function has no args.
18109 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18110 comments always start in column zero.")
18112 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
18113 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18114 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18116 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18118 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
18119 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18120 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18121 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18123 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18124 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18126 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18128 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18129 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18130 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18131 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18132 customize this variable.
18134 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18135 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18137 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
18139 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
18140 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18141 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18142 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18143 the variables are properly set.
18145 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18147 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
18148 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18152 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
18153 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18154 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18156 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18158 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
18159 Set the comment column based on point.
18160 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18161 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18162 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18163 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18167 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
18168 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
18169 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18173 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18174 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18175 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18178 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18180 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
18181 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18182 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18183 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18184 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18186 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
18187 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
18188 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
18190 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
18191 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
18192 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
18193 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
18194 changed with `comment-style'.
18196 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18198 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
18199 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18200 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18201 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18203 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18205 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18206 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18207 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18208 is passed on to the respective function.
18210 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18212 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
18213 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18214 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18215 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18216 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18217 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
18218 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
18219 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18220 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18221 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18225 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18226 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18227 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18229 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
18231 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
18232 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18233 This indents the body of the continued comment
18234 under the previous comment line.
18236 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18237 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18238 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18240 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18241 or comment indentation.
18243 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18244 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18246 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18250 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
18251 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19752 41642))
18252 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
18254 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
18255 Check whether newsticker is running.
18256 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18257 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18261 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18262 Start the newsticker.
18263 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18264 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18265 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18266 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18268 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18272 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
18273 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
18274 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
18276 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
18277 Start newsticker plainview.
18283 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
18284 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
18285 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
18287 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
18288 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
18294 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
18295 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (19752 41642))
18296 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
18298 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
18299 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18300 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18301 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18306 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
18307 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18308 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18315 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
18316 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
18317 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
18319 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
18320 Start newsticker treeview.
18326 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18327 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
18328 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18330 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
18331 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18333 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18337 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (19752
18339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18341 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
18342 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18343 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18344 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18345 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18346 symbol in the alist.
18348 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18352 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18353 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
18354 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18356 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
18357 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18358 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18364 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18365 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
18366 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18368 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
18369 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18370 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18376 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18377 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
18378 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18380 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
18381 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18383 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18387 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18388 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (19752 41642))
18389 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18391 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
18392 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
18396 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
18397 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
18401 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
18402 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
18408 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18409 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (19752 41642))
18410 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18412 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
18413 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18414 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18416 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
18418 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
18421 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
18423 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
18424 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18425 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18426 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18427 to future sessions.
18429 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18431 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
18432 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18433 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18434 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18435 to future sessions.
18437 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18441 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18442 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
18443 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18445 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
18446 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18448 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18449 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18450 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18456 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
18457 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
18458 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
18460 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
18461 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
18462 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
18463 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
18465 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
18469 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19752
18471 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
18473 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
18474 Major mode for editing XML.
18476 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
18477 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
18478 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
18479 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
18480 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
18481 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
18482 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
18484 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
18486 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
18487 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
18489 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
18490 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
18491 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
18492 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
18495 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
18496 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
18497 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
18498 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
18499 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
18500 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
18502 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
18503 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
18504 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
18506 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
18507 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
18508 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
18510 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
18511 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
18512 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
18513 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
18514 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
18515 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
18516 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
18517 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
18518 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
18520 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
18522 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
18523 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
18527 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
18531 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
18532 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (19752 41642))
18533 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
18535 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
18536 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
18537 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
18538 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
18544 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18545 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
18546 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18548 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
18549 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18550 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18552 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18554 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18555 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18557 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18558 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18559 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18563 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
18567 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18568 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
18569 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18571 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
18572 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18574 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18575 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18576 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
18577 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18579 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18580 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18581 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18582 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18583 is why you need this mode!).
18585 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18586 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18587 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18589 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18594 \\{octave-mode-map}
18596 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18597 ==============================================
18599 `octave-auto-indent'
18600 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18603 `octave-auto-newline'
18604 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18607 `octave-blink-matching-block'
18608 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18609 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18611 `octave-block-offset'
18612 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18615 `octave-continuation-offset'
18616 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18619 `octave-continuation-string'
18620 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18621 Default is a backslash.
18623 `octave-send-echo-input'
18624 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18625 command to the inferior Octave process.
18627 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
18628 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18629 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18631 `octave-send-echo-input'
18632 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18634 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18636 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18637 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18639 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
18641 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
18642 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18644 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18647 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
18649 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18650 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18651 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18652 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18658 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
18659 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-iswitchb
18660 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
18661 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
18662 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
18663 ;;;;;; org-mode) "org" "org/org.el" (19752 41642))
18664 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
18666 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
18667 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
18668 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
18670 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
18671 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
18672 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
18673 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
18674 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
18675 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
18676 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
18677 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
18678 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
18679 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
18681 The following commands are available:
18687 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
18689 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
18690 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
18691 With C-u prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
18692 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
18694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18696 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
18697 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
18698 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
18699 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
18700 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
18703 M-up Move entry/item up
18704 M-down Move entry/item down
18707 M-S-up Move entry/item up
18708 M-S-down Move entry/item down
18709 M-S-left Promote subtree
18710 M-S-right Demote subtree
18711 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
18713 C-c - Cycle list bullet
18714 TAB Cycle item visibility
18715 M-RET Insert new heading/item
18716 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
18717 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
18719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18721 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
18722 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
18726 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
18727 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
18731 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
18732 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
18733 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
18734 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
18737 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
18739 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
18740 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
18741 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
18742 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
18744 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
18745 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
18746 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
18750 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
18751 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
18752 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
18756 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
18757 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
18758 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
18763 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
18764 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
18766 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
18768 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
18769 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
18771 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
18772 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
18773 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
18774 returned as a list.
18776 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
18777 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
18778 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
18779 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
18780 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
18781 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
18782 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
18783 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
18784 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
18787 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
18788 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
18789 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
18790 visited by the iteration.
18792 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
18794 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
18795 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
18796 file The current buffer, without restriction
18798 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
18799 agenda All agenda files
18800 agenda-with-archives
18801 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
18803 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
18805 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
18806 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
18808 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
18809 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
18810 function or Emacs Lisp form:
18811 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
18812 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
18813 entry and search will continue from the point where the
18814 function leaves it.
18816 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
18817 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
18818 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
18819 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
18820 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
18821 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
18822 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
18823 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
18825 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
18827 (autoload 'org-iswitchb "org" "\
18828 Use `org-icompleting-read' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
18829 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
18830 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
18832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18834 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-iswitchb)
18836 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
18837 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
18838 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
18839 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
18843 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
18844 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
18846 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
18848 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
18849 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
18850 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
18854 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
18859 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
18860 Reload all org lisp files.
18861 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
18863 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
18865 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
18866 Call the customize function with org as argument.
18872 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
18873 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
18874 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
18875 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
18876 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (19752 41642))
18877 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
18879 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18880 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
18881 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
18882 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
18884 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
18885 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
18886 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
18887 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
18888 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
18889 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
18890 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
18891 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
18892 e Export views to associated files.
18893 s Search entries for keywords.
18894 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
18895 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
18896 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
18897 Press several times to get the desired effect.
18898 > Remove a previous restriction.
18899 # List \"stuck\" projects.
18900 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
18901 C Configure custom agenda commands.
18903 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
18904 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
18905 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
18907 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
18908 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
18909 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
18910 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
18913 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
18915 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18916 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18917 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18918 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18919 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18920 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18921 before running the agenda command.
18923 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18925 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
18926 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18927 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18928 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18929 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18930 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18931 before running the agenda command.
18933 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
18934 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
18936 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
18938 category The category of the item
18939 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
18940 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
18941 todo selected in TODO match
18942 tagsmatch selected in tags match
18943 diary imported from diary
18944 deadline a deadline on given date
18945 scheduled scheduled on given date
18946 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
18947 closed entry was closed on given date
18948 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
18949 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
18950 block entry has date block including g. date
18951 todo The todo keyword, if any
18952 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
18953 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
18954 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
18955 extra Sting with extra planning info
18956 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
18957 priority-n The computed numerical priority
18958 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
18960 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18962 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18965 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
18967 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18968 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
18970 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18972 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
18973 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
18974 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
18975 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
18977 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
18978 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
18979 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
18982 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
18983 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
18984 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
18986 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
18987 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
18989 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
18991 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
18992 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
18993 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
18994 search only the headlines.
18996 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
18997 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
18998 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
18999 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19002 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
19003 Depending on the variable `org-agenda-search-view-search-words-only'
19004 and on whether the first character in the search string is \"+\" or \"-\",
19005 The string is then interpreted either as a substring with variable amounts
19006 of whitespace, or as a list or individual words that should be matched.
19008 The default is a substring match, where each space in the search string
19009 can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace, including newlines.
19011 If matching individual words, these words are then interpreted as a
19012 boolean expression with logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must
19013 not occur in the entry. Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus
19014 must occur in the entry. Matching is case-insensitive and the words
19015 are enclosed by word delimiters.
19017 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
19018 that must or must not match in the entry.
19020 If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19021 If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19022 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19023 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19025 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19026 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19028 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19030 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19031 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19032 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19033 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19034 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19035 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19039 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19040 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19041 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19043 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19045 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19046 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19047 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19048 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19049 `org-stuck-projects'.
19050 MATCH is being ignored.
19052 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19054 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19055 Return diary information from org-files.
19056 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19057 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19058 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19059 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19061 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19062 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19063 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19065 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
19067 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19068 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19069 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19070 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19072 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19073 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19074 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19076 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19077 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19078 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19079 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19081 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19083 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19085 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19086 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19090 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19091 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19092 So the example above may also be written as
19094 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19096 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19097 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19098 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19100 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19102 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19103 Do we have a reason to ignore this todo entry because it has a time stamp?
19105 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19107 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19108 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19109 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19113 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19114 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19115 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19118 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19119 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19121 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19122 for filtering entries out.
19124 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19125 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19127 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19128 (category \"Work\"))
19130 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19131 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19133 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
19137 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
19138 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
19139 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
19140 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
19142 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
19143 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19144 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19148 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
19149 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19150 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19156 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
19157 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer)
19158 ;;;;;; "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (19752 41642))
19159 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
19161 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19162 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
19163 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
19167 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19168 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
19169 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19170 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
19171 command to convert it.
19173 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19175 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19176 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
19177 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19178 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19179 cut-and-paste operations.
19180 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19181 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19182 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19183 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19185 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
19187 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19188 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19190 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19192 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19193 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
19194 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19195 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19196 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19197 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
19198 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19199 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19200 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19201 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19202 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19203 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19204 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19205 publishing directory.
19207 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19211 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (19752
19213 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
19215 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
19216 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
19217 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
19223 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
19224 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
19225 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
19227 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
19228 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
19234 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
19235 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (19752 41642))
19236 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
19238 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
19239 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
19240 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
19241 fontified, and then returned.
19243 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
19245 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
19246 Set up hooks for clock persistence
19252 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
19253 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
19254 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
19255 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (19752 41642))
19256 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
19258 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
19259 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
19260 This function can be used in batch processing.
19265 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19266 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
19270 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
19271 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
19272 No file is created.
19276 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19277 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
19278 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19279 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19280 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
19281 then use this command to convert it.
19283 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19285 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19286 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
19287 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
19288 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19289 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
19290 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
19291 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
19292 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
19293 could call this function in the following way:
19295 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
19297 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19298 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19300 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19302 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
19303 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
19305 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19307 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
19308 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
19312 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19313 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
19314 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
19315 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
19316 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
19317 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
19318 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
19319 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
19320 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
19321 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
19322 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
19323 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19324 publishing directory.
19326 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19330 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
19331 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
19332 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
19333 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
19335 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
19336 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
19337 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
19338 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
19339 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19341 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
19342 ARG is a double universal prefix `C-u C-u', that means to inverse the
19343 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19345 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19347 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
19348 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
19349 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
19350 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also select the export command in
19351 the `C-c C-e' export dispatcher.
19353 As a special case, if you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary org-mode
19354 file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can continue to
19355 use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting command.
19357 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
19359 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
19360 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
19361 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
19362 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
19363 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
19365 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
19366 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
19367 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
19368 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
19370 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
19371 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
19372 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
19374 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19375 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19376 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
19379 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19381 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
19382 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
19388 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
19389 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (19752
19391 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
19393 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
19394 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
19398 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
19399 Get inbox items from FEED.
19400 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
19401 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
19403 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
19405 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
19406 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
19410 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
19411 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
19417 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
19418 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (19752 41642))
19419 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
19421 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
19422 Do the right thing for footnotes.
19423 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
19424 jump to the references. When neither at definition or reference,
19425 create a new footnote, interactively.
19426 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
19428 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
19430 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
19431 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
19432 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
19433 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
19434 Org-mode exporters.
19435 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
19436 referenced sequence.
19438 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
19442 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
19443 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
19444 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
19445 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (19752 41642))
19446 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
19448 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
19451 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19453 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
19454 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
19456 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
19458 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
19459 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19461 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19463 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19464 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19466 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19468 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
19469 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19471 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
19473 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19474 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
19476 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
19480 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
19481 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
19482 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
19483 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (19752 41642))
19484 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
19486 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19488 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19490 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19492 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
19493 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
19494 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19495 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19496 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
19500 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
19501 Call `org-export-as-html', may be used in batch processing as
19503 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19504 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19505 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
19509 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
19510 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
19511 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
19515 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
19516 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
19517 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19518 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
19519 command to convert it.
19521 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19523 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
19524 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
19525 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19526 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19527 cut-and-paste operations.
19528 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19529 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19530 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19531 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19533 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
19535 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19536 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19538 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19540 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
19541 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
19542 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19543 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19544 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19545 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19546 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19547 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19548 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19549 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19550 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19551 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19552 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
19553 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
19554 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19556 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19558 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
19559 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
19560 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
19561 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
19562 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
19563 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
19564 need into your CSS file.
19566 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
19567 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
19568 that uses these same face definitions.
19574 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19575 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
19576 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
19577 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
19579 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
19580 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19581 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19582 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19586 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19587 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19588 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19589 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19593 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19594 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19595 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19601 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-find-id-file org-id-find org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling
19602 ;;;;;; org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion org-id-get org-id-copy
19603 ;;;;;; org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el" (19752 41642))
19604 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
19606 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
19607 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
19608 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
19609 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
19611 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19613 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
19614 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
19615 Create an ID if necessary.
19619 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
19620 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
19621 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
19622 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
19623 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
19624 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
19625 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
19627 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
19629 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
19630 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19631 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
19632 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
19634 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19636 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19638 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
19639 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19640 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
19641 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19643 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19645 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
19646 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
19647 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
19651 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
19652 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
19653 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
19654 if there is no entry with that ID.
19655 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
19657 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
19659 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
19660 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
19666 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
19667 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
19668 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
19670 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
19671 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
19673 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
19674 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
19675 FIXME: How to update when broken?
19677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19681 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
19682 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
19683 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
19685 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
19686 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
19692 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
19693 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
19694 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
19695 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
19696 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
19698 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
19699 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
19703 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19704 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19705 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
19709 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
19710 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
19711 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
19715 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
19716 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
19717 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19718 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19719 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
19720 then use this command to convert it.
19722 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19724 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19725 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
19726 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19727 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19728 cut-and-paste operations.
19729 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19730 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19731 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
19732 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19734 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
19736 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19737 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19739 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19741 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19742 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
19743 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19744 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19745 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
19746 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
19747 convert them as description lists.
19748 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19749 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
19750 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
19751 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
19752 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
19753 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
19754 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
19755 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
19756 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
19757 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
19758 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19760 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19762 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
19763 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
19765 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19767 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
19768 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
19774 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
19775 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (19752
19777 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
19779 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
19780 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
19781 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
19782 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
19786 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
19787 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
19788 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
19789 agenda view showing the flagged items.
19793 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
19794 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
19800 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
19801 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
19802 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
19804 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
19805 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
19806 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
19807 line directly before or after the table.
19809 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
19813 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
19814 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
19815 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
19816 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
19818 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
19820 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
19823 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19825 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
19826 Publish all projects.
19827 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
19828 directory and force publishing all files.
19830 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19832 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
19833 Publish the current file.
19834 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
19836 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19838 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
19839 Publish the project associated with the current file.
19840 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
19843 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19847 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19848 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
19849 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (19752 41642))
19850 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
19852 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
19853 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
19857 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
19858 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19859 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19860 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19861 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19865 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
19866 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19867 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19868 to be run from that hook to function properly.
19870 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19872 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
19873 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19874 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19875 of the remember buffer.
19877 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
19878 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
19879 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
19880 note stored by remember.
19882 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
19883 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
19885 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
19887 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
19888 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19889 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
19890 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
19891 `org-remember-default-headline'.
19893 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
19894 is 1 (so you must use `C-1 C-c C-c' to exit remember), an interactive
19895 process is used to select the target location.
19897 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-0 C-c C-c'),
19898 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
19900 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-2 C-c C-c'),
19901 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
19904 When `C-u' has been used as prefix argument, the note is stored and emacs
19905 moves point to the new location of the note, so that editing can be
19906 continued there (similar to inserting \"%&\" into the template).
19908 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
19909 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
19910 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
19911 some additional data.
19913 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19914 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19915 \(i.e. after the stars).
19917 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19923 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
19924 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (19752 41642))
19925 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
19927 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
19928 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19932 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
19933 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19937 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
19938 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
19939 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
19940 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
19941 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
19943 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
19947 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
19948 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
19949 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
19950 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
19952 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
19953 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
19954 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
19955 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
19956 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
19957 without user interaction.
19958 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
19959 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
19960 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
19961 the region 0:00:00.
19963 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
19965 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
19966 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
19967 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
19968 a `C-u' prefix, force restarting the timer.
19969 When used with a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', change all the timer string
19970 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
19971 that was not started at the correct moment.
19973 \(fn &optional RESTART)" t nil)
19975 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
19976 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
19978 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
19980 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
19981 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
19983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19985 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
19988 \(fn MINUTES)" t nil)
19992 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
19993 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
19994 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
19996 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
19997 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
19998 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
20000 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20004 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20005 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
20006 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20007 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20009 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20010 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20011 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20012 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20014 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20015 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20016 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20017 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20019 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20020 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20021 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20022 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20023 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20024 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20026 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20027 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20028 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20030 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20031 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20032 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20033 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20034 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20035 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20036 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20037 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20038 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20039 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20040 The subheadings remain visible.
20041 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20043 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20044 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20045 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20047 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20048 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20052 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20053 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20054 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20055 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20058 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20062 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (19752 41642))
20063 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20065 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20066 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20067 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20068 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20069 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20070 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20072 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20074 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20075 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20076 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20077 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20079 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20080 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20086 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20087 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
20088 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20089 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20091 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20092 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20093 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20094 unknown are returned as nil.
20096 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20100 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (19752
20102 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20104 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20105 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20106 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20108 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20109 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20111 Other useful functions are:
20113 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20114 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20115 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20116 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20117 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20118 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20119 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20120 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20121 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20123 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20125 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20126 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20127 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20128 Indentation for case statements.
20129 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20130 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20132 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20133 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20134 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20135 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20136 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20137 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20138 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20139 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20140 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20141 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20143 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20144 pascal-separator-keywords.
20146 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20147 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20153 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20154 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
20155 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20157 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20158 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20159 The keys affected are:
20160 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20161 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20162 M-Backspace does undo.
20163 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20164 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20165 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20171 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20172 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
20173 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20175 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20176 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20177 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20178 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20179 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20180 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20182 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20184 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20185 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, Mac or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20187 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20189 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20190 which modify the status of the mark.
20192 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20193 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20195 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20196 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20198 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20199 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20200 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20201 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20202 turning PC Selection mode on.
20204 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20205 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20207 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20208 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20209 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20211 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20212 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20213 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20215 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20216 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20218 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20219 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20220 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20222 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20223 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20224 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20230 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20231 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20238 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (19752
20240 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20242 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20243 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20249 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20250 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (19752 41642))
20251 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20253 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20254 Completion for `gzip'.
20258 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20259 Completion for `bzip2'.
20263 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20264 Completion for GNU `make'.
20268 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20269 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20273 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20277 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20278 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (19752 41642))
20279 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20281 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20282 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20286 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20287 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20291 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20292 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20298 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19752
20300 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20302 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20303 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20309 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20310 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20311 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (19752 41642))
20312 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20314 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20315 Completion for `cd'.
20319 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20321 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20322 Completion for `rmdir'.
20326 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20327 Completion for `rm'.
20331 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20332 Completion for `xargs'.
20336 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20338 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20339 Completion for `which'.
20343 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20344 Completion for the `chown' command.
20348 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20349 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20353 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20354 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20358 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20359 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20360 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20366 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20367 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20368 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (19752
20370 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20372 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20373 Support extensible programmable completion.
20374 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20375 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20377 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20379 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20380 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20384 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20385 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20386 This will modify the current buffer.
20390 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20391 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20395 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20396 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20397 This will modify the current buffer.
20401 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20402 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20406 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20407 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20411 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20412 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20413 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20414 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20415 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20417 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20419 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20420 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20426 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20427 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20428 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (19752 41642))
20429 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20431 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20432 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20433 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20434 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20436 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20438 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20440 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20441 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20442 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20443 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20444 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20445 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20448 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20450 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20451 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20452 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20453 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20454 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20455 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20456 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20457 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20459 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20461 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20462 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20463 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20464 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20465 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20466 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20467 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20470 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20472 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20473 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20474 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20475 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20476 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20477 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20478 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20480 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20482 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20483 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20484 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20486 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20488 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20489 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20490 A value of nil means never do it.
20491 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20492 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20493 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20495 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20497 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20498 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20499 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (19752 41642))
20504 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20506 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20510 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20511 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
20512 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20513 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20514 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20515 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20516 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20517 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20518 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20520 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20521 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20522 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20523 Tab indents for Perl code.
20524 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20525 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20526 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20528 Variables controlling indentation style:
20529 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20530 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20531 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20532 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20533 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20534 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20535 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20537 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20538 `perl-indent-level'
20539 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20540 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20541 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20542 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20543 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20544 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20545 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20546 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20547 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20548 `perl-brace-offset'
20549 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20550 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20551 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20552 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20553 `perl-label-offset'
20554 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20555 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20556 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20558 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20559 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20560 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20561 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20562 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20563 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20564 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20566 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20572 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20573 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20574 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20575 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (19752 41642))
20576 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20578 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
20579 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20581 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20583 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20584 passphrase cache or user.
20586 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20588 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
20589 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20591 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20594 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20596 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
20597 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20599 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20602 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20603 passphrase cache or user.
20605 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20607 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
20608 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20610 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20612 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20615 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20616 passphrase cache or user.
20618 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20620 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
20621 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20623 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20624 passphrase cache or user.
20626 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20628 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
20629 Decrypt the current buffer.
20631 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20634 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20635 passphrase cache or user.
20637 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20639 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
20640 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20642 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20643 a detached signature.
20645 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20646 and the output is displayed.
20648 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20649 passphrase cache or user.
20651 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20653 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
20654 Sign the current buffer.
20656 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20657 detached signature.
20659 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20662 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20663 and the output is displayed.
20665 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20666 passphrase cache or user.
20668 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20670 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
20671 Verify the current region between START and END.
20672 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20673 the detached signature of the current region.
20675 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20676 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20678 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20680 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
20681 Verify the current buffer.
20682 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20683 the detached signature of the current region.
20684 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20685 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20686 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20689 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20691 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
20692 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20696 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
20697 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20699 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20701 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
20702 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20708 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20709 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
20710 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20712 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
20713 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20715 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20719 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20720 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
20721 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20723 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20724 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20725 \\<picture-mode-map>
20726 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20727 afterwards settable by these commands:
20729 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20730 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20731 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20732 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20734 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20735 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20736 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20737 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20739 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20740 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20741 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20742 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20744 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20745 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20746 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20747 with these commands:
20749 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20750 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20751 Move to column following last
20752 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20753 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20754 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20755 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20756 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20757 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20759 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20761 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20762 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20763 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20764 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20765 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20766 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20768 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20769 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20770 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20771 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20772 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20773 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20774 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20776 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20777 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20778 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20779 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20780 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20781 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20782 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20783 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20785 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20786 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20787 by supplying an argument.
20789 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20791 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20792 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20796 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20800 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20801 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
20802 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20804 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20805 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20806 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20808 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20812 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19752 41642))
20813 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20815 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20816 Play pong and waste time.
20817 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20818 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20820 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20828 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20829 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20830 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
20831 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20833 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20834 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20835 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20836 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20838 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20840 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20841 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20845 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20846 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20847 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20848 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20849 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20851 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20853 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20854 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20855 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20857 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20859 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20860 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20862 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20864 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20865 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20866 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20867 Ignores leading comment characters.
20871 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20872 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20873 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20874 Ignores leading comment characters.
20880 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20881 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20882 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20883 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20884 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20885 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20886 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20887 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20888 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20889 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20890 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20891 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20892 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20893 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20894 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20895 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20896 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20897 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20898 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
20899 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20901 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20902 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20904 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20906 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20908 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20910 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20911 Preview directory using ghostview.
20913 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20914 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20915 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20916 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20918 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20919 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20920 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20921 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20922 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20925 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20927 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20929 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20930 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20932 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20933 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20934 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20935 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20937 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20938 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20939 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20940 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20941 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20944 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20946 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20948 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20949 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20951 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20952 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20953 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20954 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20956 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20957 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20958 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20959 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20960 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20963 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20965 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20967 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20968 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20970 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20972 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20973 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20974 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20975 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20977 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20978 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20979 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20980 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20981 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20984 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20986 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20988 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20989 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20991 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20992 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20993 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20995 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20996 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20997 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20998 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21000 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21002 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21003 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21005 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21006 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21007 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21009 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21010 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21011 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21012 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21014 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21016 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21017 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21019 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21020 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21021 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21023 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21024 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21025 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21026 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21028 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21030 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21031 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21033 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21035 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21036 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21037 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21039 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21040 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21041 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21042 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21044 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21046 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21047 Preview region using ghostview.
21049 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21051 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21053 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21054 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21056 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21058 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21060 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21061 Print region using PostScript printer.
21063 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21065 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21067 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21068 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21070 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21072 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21074 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21075 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21077 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21079 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21081 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21082 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21084 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21086 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21088 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21089 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21091 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21093 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21095 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21096 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21098 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21100 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21102 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21103 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21104 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21105 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21107 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21110 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21111 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21113 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21115 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21117 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21118 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21119 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21120 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21124 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21125 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21126 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21127 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21131 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21132 Print directory using text printer.
21134 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21137 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21138 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21140 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21142 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21144 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21145 Print buffer using text printer.
21149 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21150 Print region using text printer.
21154 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21155 Print major mode using text printer.
21159 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21160 Preview spooled PostScript.
21162 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21163 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21164 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21166 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21167 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21168 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21170 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21172 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21173 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21175 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21176 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21177 instead of sending it to the printer.
21179 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21180 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21181 image in a file with that name.
21183 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21185 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21186 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21188 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21189 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21190 instead of sending it to the printer.
21192 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21193 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21194 image in a file with that name.
21196 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21198 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21199 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21201 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21202 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21203 instead of sending it to the printer.
21205 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21206 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21207 image in a file with that name.
21209 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21211 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21212 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21214 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21216 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21217 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21219 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21221 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21222 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21224 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21226 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21227 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21229 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21231 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21232 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21234 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21236 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21237 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21239 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21240 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21241 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21242 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21244 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21245 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21246 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21247 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21248 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21249 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21252 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21254 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21255 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21259 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21260 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21262 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21264 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21269 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21270 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21274 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21275 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21279 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21280 Toggle printing with faces.
21284 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21289 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21294 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21297 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21299 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21304 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21309 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21310 Toggle upside-down.
21314 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21315 Toggle line number.
21319 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21320 Toggle zebra stripes.
21324 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21325 Toggle printing header.
21329 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21330 Toggle printing header frame.
21334 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21339 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21340 Toggle auto region.
21344 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21349 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21350 Customization of the `printing' group.
21352 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21354 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21355 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21357 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21359 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21360 Help for the printing package.
21362 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21364 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21365 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21369 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21370 Interactively select a text printer.
21374 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21375 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21379 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21380 Show current ps-print settings.
21382 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21384 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21385 Show current printing settings.
21387 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21389 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21390 Show current lpr settings.
21392 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21394 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21395 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21397 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21398 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21399 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21400 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21403 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21405 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21406 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21407 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21409 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21410 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21411 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21412 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21413 current active printer.
21415 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21416 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21417 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21420 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21421 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21422 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21423 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21424 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21427 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21428 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21430 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21432 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21433 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21434 be done using the new current active printer.
21436 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21437 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21440 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21441 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21442 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21443 instead of sending it to the printer.
21445 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21446 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21449 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21452 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21455 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21457 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21458 Fast fire function for text printing.
21460 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21461 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21462 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21463 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21465 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21466 user for a new active text printer.
21468 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21470 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21472 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21473 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21476 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21478 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21481 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21485 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (19752 41642))
21486 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21488 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21489 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21490 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
21491 information will be displayed but not selected.
21492 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21494 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
21496 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21500 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21501 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
21502 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21504 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21505 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21506 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21508 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21509 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21510 if that value is non-nil.
21514 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21516 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21517 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21518 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21520 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21524 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (19752
21526 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21528 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21529 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21530 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21532 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21536 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (19752
21538 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21540 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21541 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21543 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21545 The following variables hold user options, and can
21546 be set through the `customize' command:
21548 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21550 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21551 `ps-mode-print-function'
21553 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21557 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21560 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21566 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21567 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21568 The keymap for this second window is:
21570 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21573 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21574 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21575 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21576 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21577 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21583 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21584 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21585 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21586 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21587 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21588 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (19752
21590 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21592 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21593 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21594 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21596 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21598 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21599 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21600 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21601 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21603 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21605 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21606 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21610 nil Do not print colors.
21614 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21615 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21617 Any other value is treated as t.")
21619 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21621 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21622 Customization of ps-print group.
21626 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21627 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21629 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21630 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21631 sending it to the printer.
21633 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21634 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21635 image in a file with that name.
21637 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21639 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21640 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21641 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21642 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21643 so it has a way to determine color values.
21645 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21647 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21648 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21649 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21651 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21653 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21654 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21655 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21656 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21657 so it has a way to determine color values.
21659 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21661 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21662 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21663 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21664 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21666 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21670 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21671 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21672 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21673 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21674 so it has a way to determine color values.
21676 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21680 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21681 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21682 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21684 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21686 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21688 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21689 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21690 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21691 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21692 so it has a way to determine color values.
21694 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21696 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21698 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21699 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21701 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21702 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21703 instead of sending it to the printer.
21705 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21706 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21707 image in a file with that name.
21709 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21711 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21712 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21713 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21714 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21715 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21719 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21720 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21721 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21723 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21725 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21726 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21727 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21729 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21731 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21732 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21736 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21737 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21739 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21740 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21742 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21743 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21745 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21747 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21749 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21751 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21752 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21754 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21755 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21757 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21758 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21760 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21762 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21764 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21766 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21767 foreground and background colors respectively.
21769 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21770 bold - use bold font.
21771 italic - use italic font.
21772 underline - put a line under text.
21773 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21774 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21775 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21776 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21777 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21779 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21781 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21785 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
21786 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (19752 41642))
21787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21789 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
21791 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
21793 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21795 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21796 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21797 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't
21798 show the buffer automatically.
21800 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for the initial
21801 Python command line (default is `python-command').
21803 A new process is started if one isn't running attached to
21804 `python-buffer', or if called from Lisp with non-nil arg NEW.
21805 Otherwise, if a process is already running in `python-buffer',
21806 switch to that buffer.
21808 This command runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21809 running `comint-mode-hook'. Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21810 process buffer for a list of commands.
21812 By default, Emacs inhibits the loading of Python modules from the
21813 current working directory, for security reasons. To disable this
21814 behavior, change `python-remove-cwd-from-path' to nil.
21816 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21818 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21819 Major mode for editing Python files.
21820 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
21821 for correct parsing of the source.
21822 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21823 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21824 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21826 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21827 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21828 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21829 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21830 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21831 \\<python-mode-map>
21832 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21833 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21834 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21835 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21836 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21837 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21839 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21840 effect outside them.
21842 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21843 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21844 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21845 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21846 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21847 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21848 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21849 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21850 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21852 \\{python-mode-map}
21856 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
21857 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21858 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21859 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21863 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
21864 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
21865 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
21866 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
21867 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
21868 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
21870 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
21871 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
21872 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
21873 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
21874 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
21875 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
21878 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
21879 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
21880 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
21881 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
21882 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
21884 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
21885 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
21886 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
21887 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
21888 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
21889 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
21890 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
21893 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
21894 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
21895 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
21896 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
21897 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
21898 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
21901 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
21905 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21906 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
21907 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21909 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21910 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21911 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21914 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21915 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21917 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21918 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21919 them into characters should be done separately.
21921 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21925 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21926 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21927 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21928 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21929 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (19778 61528))
21930 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21932 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21933 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21937 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21938 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21939 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21941 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21942 `quail-activate', which see.
21944 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21946 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21947 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21948 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21949 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21950 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21951 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21952 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21954 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21955 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21956 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21957 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21958 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21960 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21962 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21963 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21964 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21965 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21966 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21967 list of candidates.
21969 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21970 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21971 command to be called.
21973 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21974 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21975 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21976 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21978 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21979 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21980 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21981 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21982 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21985 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21986 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21987 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21988 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21990 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21991 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21992 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21993 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21995 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21996 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21997 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21998 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21999 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22000 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22002 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22003 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22004 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22005 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22006 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22007 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22009 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22010 covers Quail translation region.
22012 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22013 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22014 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22015 for it) is inserted.
22017 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22018 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22019 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22021 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22022 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22023 non-Quail commands.
22025 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22027 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22028 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22030 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22031 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22032 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22033 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22034 you type is correctly handled.
22036 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22038 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22039 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22041 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22044 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22046 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22047 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22048 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22049 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22050 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22051 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22052 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22053 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22054 for the translation.
22055 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22057 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22058 it is used to handle KEY.
22060 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22061 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22062 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22063 the following annotation types are supported.
22065 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22066 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22068 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22071 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22072 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22073 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22076 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22077 generated for the following translations.
22079 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22081 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22082 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22084 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22085 which to install MAP.
22087 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22089 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22091 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22092 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22094 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22095 which to install MAP.
22097 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22099 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22101 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22102 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22103 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22104 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22105 a function, or a cons.
22106 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22107 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22108 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22109 for the translation.
22110 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22111 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22112 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22113 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22114 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22116 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22117 it is used to handle KEY.
22119 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22120 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22121 current Quail package.
22123 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22124 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22126 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22128 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22129 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22131 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22132 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22134 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22136 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22137 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22139 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22141 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22142 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22143 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22144 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22145 of the Emacs source tree.
22147 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22148 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22150 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22151 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22154 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22158 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22159 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22160 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (19752
22162 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22164 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22165 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22166 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22167 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22169 To make use of this do something like:
22171 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22173 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22175 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22176 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22178 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22179 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22180 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22182 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22184 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22185 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22187 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22189 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22190 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22192 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22195 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22197 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22198 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22200 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22201 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22202 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22204 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22206 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22207 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22209 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22211 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22212 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22216 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22217 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22219 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22221 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22225 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22226 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22232 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22233 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (19783 16707))
22234 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22236 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22237 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22239 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22241 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22245 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22247 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22250 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD)" nil nil)
22252 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22253 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22254 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22255 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22256 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22257 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22259 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22261 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22262 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22268 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (19752
22270 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22272 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22273 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22276 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22280 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22281 ;;;;;; (19771 17123))
22282 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22284 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22286 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22287 Construct a regexp interactively.
22293 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (19752 41642))
22294 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22296 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22297 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22298 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22299 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22300 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22301 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22303 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22305 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22306 Toggle recentf mode.
22307 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22308 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22310 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22311 that were operated on recently.
22313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22317 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22318 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22319 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22320 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (19752
22322 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22323 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22324 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22325 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22326 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22327 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22328 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22330 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22331 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22332 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22333 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22335 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22337 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22339 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22340 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22341 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22342 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22345 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22346 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22349 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22351 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22352 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22353 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22355 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22356 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22359 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22361 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22362 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22363 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22365 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22367 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22368 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22370 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22371 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22373 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22376 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22377 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22378 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22379 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22382 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22384 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22385 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22389 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22390 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22391 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22392 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22393 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22394 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22395 and point is at the lower right corner.
22397 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22399 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22400 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22402 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22403 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22405 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22406 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22407 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22409 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22411 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22413 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22414 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22415 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22416 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22417 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22419 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22420 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22422 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22424 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22425 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22426 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22428 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22430 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22432 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22434 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22435 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22437 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22438 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22439 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22441 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22443 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22444 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22445 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22447 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22448 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22449 rectangle which were empty.
22451 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22455 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (19752
22457 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22459 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22460 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22461 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22463 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22464 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22465 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22471 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22472 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (19752 41642))
22473 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22475 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22476 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22480 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22481 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22483 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22484 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22486 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22487 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22488 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22491 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22492 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22493 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22495 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22496 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22497 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22499 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22500 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22502 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22503 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22505 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22506 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22509 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22513 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22514 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22515 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22521 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22522 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
22523 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22525 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22526 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22527 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22528 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22529 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22530 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22532 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22534 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22536 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22537 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22538 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22539 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22540 `reftex-cite-format'.
22542 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22543 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22544 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22545 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22547 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22551 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22552 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
22553 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22555 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22556 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22557 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22558 the current TeX document.
22560 With no argument, this command toggles
22561 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22562 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22568 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22569 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
22570 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22572 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22573 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22574 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22576 To insert new phrases, use
22577 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22578 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22580 To index phrases use one of:
22582 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22583 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22584 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22585 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22586 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22588 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22589 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22591 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22593 Here are all local bindings.
22595 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22601 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22602 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
22603 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22605 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22606 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22607 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22610 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (19752
22616 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22617 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22618 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22619 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22620 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22624 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22625 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
22626 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22628 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22629 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22630 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22631 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22632 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22633 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22635 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22636 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22638 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22641 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22643 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22644 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22645 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22646 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22648 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22652 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22653 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22654 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
22655 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22657 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22658 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22659 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22660 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22662 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22664 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22666 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22667 Call `remember' in another frame.
22669 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22671 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22672 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22673 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22678 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22679 Extract diary entries from the region.
22685 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (19752 41642))
22686 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22688 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22689 Repeat most recently executed command.
22690 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22691 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22692 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22694 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22695 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22696 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22697 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22699 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22700 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22701 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22703 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22707 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22708 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
22709 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22711 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22712 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22714 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22715 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22716 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22717 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22718 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22719 and point is left after the salutation.
22721 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22722 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22723 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22724 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22725 left after that text.
22727 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22730 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22731 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22732 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22733 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22735 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22739 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22740 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
22741 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22743 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22744 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22745 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22746 visibility of comments that precede it.
22747 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22748 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22749 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22750 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22751 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22752 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22753 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22754 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22756 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22757 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22758 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22759 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22760 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22762 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22766 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22767 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
22768 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22770 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22771 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22772 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22774 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22775 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22776 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22780 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22781 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22782 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22784 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22785 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22787 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22789 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22790 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22791 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22793 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22794 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22795 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22797 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22801 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22802 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
22803 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22805 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22806 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22810 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22811 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22813 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22817 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (19752 41642))
22818 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22819 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
22821 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22822 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22823 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22824 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22826 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22828 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22829 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22830 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22831 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22833 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22834 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22836 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22837 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22839 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22840 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22843 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22844 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22845 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22846 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22847 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22849 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22850 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22851 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22852 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22854 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22855 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22858 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22862 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22863 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
22864 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
22865 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
22866 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-user-mail-address-regexp
22867 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (19761
22869 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22871 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22872 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22873 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22875 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22877 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22878 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22879 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22880 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22881 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22882 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22883 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22885 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22886 sent by you under different user names.
22887 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22889 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22891 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22893 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22894 A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22895 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
22896 a value which excludes your own email address, plus whatever is
22897 specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.
22899 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
22900 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
22902 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
22904 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names (purecopy "\\`info-") "\
22905 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22906 This is used when the user does not set `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'
22907 explicitly. (The other part of the default value is the user's
22908 email address and name.) It is useful to set this variable in
22909 the site customization file. The default value is conventionally
22910 used for large mailing lists to broadcast announcements.")
22912 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22913 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22914 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22915 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22916 which normally happens once for each message,
22917 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22918 To make a change in this variable take effect
22919 for a message that you have already viewed,
22920 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22922 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22924 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22925 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22926 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22927 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22929 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22931 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:") "\
22932 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22934 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22936 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22937 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22938 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22940 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22942 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22943 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22944 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22945 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22946 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22947 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22949 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22951 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22952 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22954 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22956 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22957 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22959 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22961 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22962 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22964 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22965 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22967 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22969 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22970 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22972 This is set to nil by default.")
22974 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22975 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22976 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22977 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22978 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22979 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22980 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22982 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22983 Read and edit incoming mail.
22984 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22985 file in RMAIL Mode.
22986 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22988 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22989 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22990 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22991 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22993 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22995 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22997 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22998 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22999 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23000 Instead, these commands are available:
23002 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23003 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23004 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23005 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23006 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23007 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23008 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23009 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23010 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23011 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23012 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23013 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23014 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23015 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23016 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23017 till a deleted message is found.
23018 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23019 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23020 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23021 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23022 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23023 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23024 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23025 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23026 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23027 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23028 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23029 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23030 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23031 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23032 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23033 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23034 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23035 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23036 (label defaults to last one specified).
23037 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23038 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23039 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23040 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23041 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23042 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23043 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23044 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23045 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23049 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23050 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23052 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23054 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23055 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23057 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23061 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23062 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (19752 41642))
23063 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23064 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23066 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23067 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23068 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23069 case it writes Babyl.
23071 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23072 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23073 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23074 `rmail-default-file'.
23076 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23077 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23078 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23080 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23081 the header display is currently pruned.
23083 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23084 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23085 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23086 messages after output.
23088 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23089 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23090 message (if writing a file directly).
23092 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23093 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23095 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23097 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23098 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23099 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23100 i) the header is output as currently seen
23101 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23102 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23104 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23105 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23106 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23108 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23110 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23111 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23112 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23113 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23114 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23115 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23116 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23118 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23119 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23120 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23122 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23126 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23127 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
23128 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23130 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23131 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23134 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23138 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23139 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
23140 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23142 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23143 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23144 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23145 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23151 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23152 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
23153 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23155 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23156 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23158 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23159 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23160 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23161 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23162 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23163 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23164 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23165 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23166 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23167 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23169 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23170 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23171 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23172 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23173 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23174 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23175 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23176 to use for finding the schema.
23178 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23182 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (19752
23184 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23186 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23188 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23189 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23190 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23191 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23192 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23193 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23194 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23195 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23196 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23197 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23198 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23199 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23200 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23201 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23202 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23203 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23206 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23210 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23211 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (19752 41642))
23212 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23214 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23215 Define a robin package.
23217 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23218 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23219 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23220 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23222 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23223 one replaces the old one.
23225 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23227 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23228 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23230 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23231 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23232 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23234 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23236 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23237 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23239 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23243 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23244 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (19752 41642))
23245 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23247 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23248 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23250 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23252 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23253 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23255 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23257 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23258 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23260 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23262 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23263 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23264 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23266 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23267 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23270 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23274 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23275 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23281 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23282 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
23283 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23284 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23286 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23287 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23289 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
23290 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
23291 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
23292 decorations within the region (see full details below).
23293 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
23295 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23296 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23297 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
23298 font-locking of blocks.
23304 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23306 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23307 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
23308 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
23309 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
23311 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23312 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23313 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23319 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23320 ;;;;;; (19771 32139))
23321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23323 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23324 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23325 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23326 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23327 nesting into account.
23329 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23335 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23337 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23341 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (19752
23343 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23345 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23346 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23352 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (19752
23354 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23356 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23357 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23358 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23359 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23361 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23363 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23364 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23365 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23367 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23368 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23369 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23371 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23375 matches string STRING literally.
23378 matches character CHAR literally.
23380 `not-newline', `nonl'
23381 matches any character except a newline.
23384 matches any character
23389 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23390 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23391 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23393 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23394 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23395 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23396 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23398 `(not (any SET ...))'
23399 matches any character not in SET ...
23401 `line-start', `bol'
23402 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23403 in the text being matched
23406 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23408 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23409 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23410 string being matched against.
23412 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23413 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23414 string being matched against.
23417 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23418 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23421 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23422 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23425 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23427 `word-start', `bow'
23428 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23431 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23434 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23437 `(not word-boundary)'
23438 `not-word-boundary'
23439 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23443 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23446 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23448 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23449 matches 0 through 9.
23452 matches ASCII control characters.
23454 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23455 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23458 matches space and tab only.
23461 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23464 `printing', `print'
23465 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23468 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23469 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23470 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23472 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23473 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23474 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23477 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23480 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23482 `lower', `lower-case'
23483 matches anything lower-case.
23485 `upper', `upper-case'
23486 matches anything upper-case.
23488 `punctuation', `punct'
23489 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23490 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23492 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23493 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23496 matches anything that has word syntax.
23499 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23502 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23503 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23504 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23506 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23507 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23510 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23511 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23512 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23513 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23514 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23516 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23517 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23518 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23519 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23520 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23522 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23523 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23525 `(category CATEGORY)'
23526 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23527 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23529 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23530 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23531 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23532 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23536 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23537 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23538 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23539 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23540 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23541 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23542 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23543 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23544 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23545 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23546 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23547 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23548 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23549 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23558 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23562 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23564 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23569 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23570 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23572 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23573 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23574 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23575 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23576 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23578 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23579 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23580 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23581 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23583 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23584 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23585 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23586 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23587 regular expression.
23589 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23590 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23591 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23592 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23593 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23595 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23596 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23598 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23599 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23601 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23603 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23606 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23607 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23610 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23611 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23613 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23615 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23618 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23621 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23623 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23624 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23626 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23629 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23632 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23636 matches N occurrences.
23639 matches N or more occurrences.
23641 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23642 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23643 matches N to M occurrences.
23646 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23649 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23653 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23655 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23659 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23660 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
23661 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23663 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23664 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23665 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23668 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23670 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23671 Toggle savehist-mode.
23672 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23673 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23674 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23675 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23677 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23678 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23679 which is probably undesirable.
23685 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23686 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
23687 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23689 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23690 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23691 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23693 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23694 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23695 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23696 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23697 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23698 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23699 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23700 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23703 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23704 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23705 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23706 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23707 if that value is non-nil.
23711 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23712 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23713 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23716 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23717 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23718 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23719 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23720 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23721 that variable's value is a string.
23727 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23728 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
23729 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23731 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23732 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23733 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23735 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23741 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23742 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
23743 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23745 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23746 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23747 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23748 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23749 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23750 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23752 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23754 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23755 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23756 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23757 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23758 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23764 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23765 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
23766 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23768 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23769 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23770 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23771 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23772 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23779 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
23780 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (19752 41642))
23781 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23783 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23784 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23785 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23787 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23788 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23789 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23790 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23791 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23792 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23793 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23794 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23795 keybinding for tag names.")
23797 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23799 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23800 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23801 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23802 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23803 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23804 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23806 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23808 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23809 Toggle Semantic mode.
23810 With ARG, turn Semantic mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23812 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23813 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23814 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23815 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23818 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23824 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23825 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23826 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23827 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23828 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23829 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23830 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23831 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23832 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (19757 4673))
23833 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23835 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23836 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23838 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23840 If `parens', they look like:
23841 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23842 If `angles', they look like:
23843 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23845 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23846 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23848 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23850 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23851 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23852 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23853 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23855 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23856 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23857 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23858 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23860 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23862 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23863 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23864 This is done when the message is initialized,
23865 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23867 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23869 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23870 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23871 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23873 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23875 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
23877 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
23878 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23879 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23880 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23881 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23882 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23883 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23885 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23886 (custom-initialize-delay 'send-mail-function nil)
23888 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23889 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23891 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23893 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23894 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23895 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23898 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23900 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23901 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23902 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23903 when you first send mail.")
23905 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23907 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23908 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23909 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23910 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23911 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23913 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23915 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23916 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23917 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23918 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23919 This file need not actually exist.")
23921 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23923 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23924 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23926 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23928 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23929 Alist of mail address aliases,
23930 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23931 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23932 can specify a different file name.)
23933 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23934 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23936 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23937 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23938 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23940 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23942 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23943 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23944 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23946 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23948 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23949 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23950 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23951 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23952 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23953 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23954 in the cited portion of the message.
23956 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23957 instead of no action.")
23959 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23961 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|}]\\)+") "\
23962 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23963 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23964 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23965 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23967 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23969 (defvar mail-signature t "\
23970 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23971 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23972 If a string, that string is inserted.
23973 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23974 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23975 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23976 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23978 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
23980 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
23981 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23983 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
23985 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23986 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
23987 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
23989 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
23990 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
23992 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
23994 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23995 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23996 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
23997 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
23999 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24001 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24002 If non-nil, try to show Rmail summary buffer after returning from mail.
24003 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24004 the Rmail summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24007 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24009 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24010 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24011 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24012 `query' means ask the user each time.
24013 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24014 The default is `mime'.
24015 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24016 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24018 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24020 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24021 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24022 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24024 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24025 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24027 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24028 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24029 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24030 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24031 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24032 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24033 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24034 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24035 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24036 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24037 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24038 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24039 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24043 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24044 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24045 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24046 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24048 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24050 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24051 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24052 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24053 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24054 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24055 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24057 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24058 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24059 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24061 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24062 User should not set this variable manually,
24063 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24064 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24065 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24066 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*mail*"))
24068 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24069 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24070 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24071 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24073 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24074 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24077 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24079 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24080 to move to message header fields:
24083 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24084 when the message is initialized.
24086 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24087 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24089 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24092 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24093 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24095 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24096 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24097 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24098 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24099 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24100 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24101 buffer without erasing the contents.
24103 The second through fifth arguments,
24104 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24105 the initial contents of those header fields.
24106 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24107 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24108 original message being replied to, or else an action
24109 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24110 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24111 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24112 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24113 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24114 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24116 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24118 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24119 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24121 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24123 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24124 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24126 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24130 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24131 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (19752
24133 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24135 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24136 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24137 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24138 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24139 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24140 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24142 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24143 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24145 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24146 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24147 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24149 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24152 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24154 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24155 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24156 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24157 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24159 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24161 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24162 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24163 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24164 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24165 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24166 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24168 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24170 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24171 Toggle Server mode.
24172 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24173 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24174 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24178 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24179 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24180 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24182 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24183 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24185 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24189 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (19752 41642))
24190 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24192 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24193 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24194 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24198 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24199 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24200 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24201 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24207 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24208 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
24209 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24211 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24212 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24214 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24217 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24218 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24219 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24221 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24222 in your `.emacs' file.
24224 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24226 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24227 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24232 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24233 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24234 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24235 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24236 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24237 which this is based.
24239 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24241 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24242 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24243 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24244 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24246 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24247 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24248 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24250 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24251 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24252 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24253 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24255 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24256 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24257 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24258 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24260 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24262 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24263 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24264 To work around that, do:
24265 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24273 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24274 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
24275 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24276 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24278 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24279 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24280 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24281 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24282 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24283 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24285 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24286 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24287 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24288 shell-specific features.
24290 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24291 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24292 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24294 \\[sh-case] case statement
24295 \\[sh-for] for loop
24296 \\[sh-function] function definition
24297 \\[sh-if] if statement
24298 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24299 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24300 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24301 \\[sh-select] select loop
24302 \\[sh-until] until loop
24303 \\[sh-while] while loop
24305 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24306 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24307 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24308 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24309 would indent to the way it currently is.
24310 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24311 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24314 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24315 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24316 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24317 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24318 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24319 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24321 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24323 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24325 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24326 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24327 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24329 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24330 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24334 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24338 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (19752 41642))
24339 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
24341 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24342 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24343 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24344 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24345 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24346 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24348 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24352 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24353 ;;;;;; (19780 34298))
24354 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24356 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24357 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24359 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24360 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24361 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24363 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24364 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24365 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24366 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24369 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24371 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24373 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24374 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24375 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24377 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24378 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24380 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24381 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24382 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24383 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24384 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24385 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24386 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24389 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24390 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24391 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24392 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24393 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24395 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24396 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24398 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24402 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24403 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19752
24405 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24407 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24408 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24409 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24410 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24411 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24412 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24413 sites in the cluster.
24417 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24418 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24419 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24420 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24421 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24425 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24426 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24427 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24428 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24429 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24430 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24431 `shadow-define-cluster').
24435 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24436 Set up file shadowing.
24442 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24443 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
24444 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24446 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24447 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24448 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24449 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24450 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24453 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24455 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24456 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24457 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24458 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24459 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24461 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24462 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24463 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24464 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24465 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24466 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24467 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24468 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24469 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24470 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24471 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24473 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24474 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24475 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24476 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24477 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24478 `default-process-coding-system'.
24480 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24481 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24482 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24483 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24485 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24487 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24488 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*shell*"))
24492 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24493 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (19752 41642))
24494 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24496 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24499 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24501 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24504 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24506 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24509 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24513 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24514 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
24515 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24517 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24518 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24519 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24520 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24521 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24523 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24529 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (19752
24531 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24533 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24534 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24535 \\{simula-mode-map}
24536 Variables controlling indentation style:
24537 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24538 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24539 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24540 `simula-indent-level'
24541 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24542 `simula-substatement-offset'
24543 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24544 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24545 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24546 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24547 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24548 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24549 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24550 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24551 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24552 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24553 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24554 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24555 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24556 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24557 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24558 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24559 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24560 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24561 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24562 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24563 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24564 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24565 or nil if they should not be changed.
24566 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24567 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24568 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24569 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24571 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24572 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24578 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24579 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (19752 41642))
24580 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24582 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24583 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24585 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24586 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24587 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24588 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24590 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24592 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24594 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24595 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24596 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24597 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24598 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24600 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24601 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24603 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24605 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24606 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24608 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24609 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24610 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24611 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24613 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24614 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24615 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24616 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24618 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24619 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24620 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24622 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24623 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24625 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24626 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24628 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24629 _ interesting point, interregion here
24630 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24631 interesting point set by _
24632 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24633 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24634 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24635 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24636 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24637 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24640 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24641 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24643 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24644 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24645 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24646 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24647 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24648 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24649 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24650 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24652 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24653 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24654 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24655 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24656 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24659 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24660 then: insert previously read string once more
24661 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24662 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24663 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24665 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24666 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24668 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24670 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24671 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24673 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24674 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24675 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24676 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24677 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24680 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24681 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24682 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24688 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24689 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (19752 41642))
24690 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24692 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24693 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24694 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24697 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24699 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24700 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24701 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24705 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24706 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24707 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24713 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24714 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
24715 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24717 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24718 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24719 A list of images is returned.
24721 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24723 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24724 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24725 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24727 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24731 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24732 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (19752 41642))
24733 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24735 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24740 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24741 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24747 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (19752 41642))
24748 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24750 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24751 Play the Snake game.
24752 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24754 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24756 Snake mode keybindings:
24758 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24759 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24760 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24761 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24762 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24763 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24764 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24770 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24771 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
24772 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24774 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24775 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24776 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24777 Tab indents for C code.
24778 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24779 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24781 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24786 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24787 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24788 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24789 Tab indents for C code.
24790 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24791 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24793 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24794 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24800 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (19752
24802 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24804 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24805 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24806 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24807 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24808 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24810 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24816 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (19752
24818 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24820 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24823 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24824 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24825 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24826 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24827 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24828 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24829 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24830 check after each move or undo.)
24834 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24835 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24836 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24855 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24856 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24857 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24858 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24860 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24861 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24862 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24865 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24866 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24868 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24884 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24886 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24892 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24893 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24894 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (19752 41642))
24895 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24896 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24898 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24899 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24901 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24902 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24903 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24904 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24907 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24908 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24909 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24912 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24913 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24915 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24916 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24917 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24918 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24921 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24922 It should move point to the end of the record.
24924 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24925 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24926 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24927 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24928 starts at the beginning of the record.
24930 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24931 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24934 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24935 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24937 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24939 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
24940 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24941 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24942 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24943 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24946 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24948 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
24949 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24950 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24951 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24952 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24955 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24957 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
24958 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24959 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24960 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24961 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24964 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24965 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24967 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
24968 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24969 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24970 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24971 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24972 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24973 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24974 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24975 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24977 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24979 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
24980 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24981 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24982 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24983 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24984 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24985 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24988 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24990 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
24991 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24992 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24993 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24994 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24995 is to be used for sorting.
24996 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24997 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24998 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24999 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25000 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25002 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25004 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25007 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25008 starting with the letter \"f\",
25009 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25011 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25013 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25014 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25015 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25016 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25017 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25018 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25019 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25022 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25023 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25024 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25025 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25026 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25028 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25030 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25031 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25032 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25034 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25038 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (19752
25040 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25042 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25043 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25044 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25045 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25046 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25047 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25049 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25053 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25054 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25055 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (19752 41642))
25056 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25058 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25059 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25061 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25062 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25063 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25065 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25067 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25068 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25069 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25072 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25074 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25075 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25076 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25078 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25080 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25081 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25082 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25083 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25088 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25089 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25090 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25091 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25097 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25098 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (19752 41642))
25099 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25101 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25103 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25104 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25105 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25106 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25107 supported at a time.
25108 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25109 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25111 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25113 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25114 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25115 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25116 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25122 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25123 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (19752 41642))
25124 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25126 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25128 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25129 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25130 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25131 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25132 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25133 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25137 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25139 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25140 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25141 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25142 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25146 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25148 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25149 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25150 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25151 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25152 for example, \"word\".
25154 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25156 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25158 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25159 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25161 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25163 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25167 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (19752
25169 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25171 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25172 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25176 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25177 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25183 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25184 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25185 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25186 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (19752
25188 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25190 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25191 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25193 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25194 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25195 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25196 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25197 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25198 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25199 of the current highlighting list.
25203 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25204 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25206 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25207 `_t' as data types.
25209 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25211 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25212 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25214 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25215 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25217 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25219 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25220 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25221 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25223 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25225 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25226 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25227 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25228 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25229 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25230 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25232 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25233 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25235 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25237 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25238 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25239 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25240 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25242 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25243 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25244 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25245 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25247 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25248 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25249 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25253 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25254 Major mode to edit SQL.
25256 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25257 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25258 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25261 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25263 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25264 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25265 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25266 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25267 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25268 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25270 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25271 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25273 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25274 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25275 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25277 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25279 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25283 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25284 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25286 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25287 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25289 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25291 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25293 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25294 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25296 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25297 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25300 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25301 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25302 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25303 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25305 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25306 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25308 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25309 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25310 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25311 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25312 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25313 `default-process-coding-system'.
25315 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25319 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25320 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25322 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25323 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25326 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25327 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25328 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25329 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25331 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25332 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25334 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25335 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25336 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25337 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25338 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25339 `default-process-coding-system'.
25341 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25345 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25346 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25348 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25349 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25352 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25353 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25355 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25356 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25358 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25359 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25360 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25361 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25362 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25363 `default-process-coding-system'.
25365 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25369 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25370 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25372 SQLite is free software.
25374 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25375 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25378 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25379 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25380 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25381 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25383 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25384 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25386 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25387 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25388 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25389 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25390 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25391 `default-process-coding-system'.
25393 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25397 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25398 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25400 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25402 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25403 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25406 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25407 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25408 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25409 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25411 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25412 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25414 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25415 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25416 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25417 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25418 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25419 `default-process-coding-system'.
25421 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25425 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25426 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25428 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25429 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25432 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25433 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25436 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25437 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25439 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25440 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25441 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25442 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25443 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25444 `default-process-coding-system'.
25446 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25450 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25451 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25453 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25454 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25457 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25458 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25460 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25461 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25463 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25464 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25465 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25466 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25467 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25468 `default-process-coding-system'.
25470 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25474 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25475 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25477 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25478 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25481 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25482 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25483 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25484 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25486 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25487 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25489 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25490 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25491 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25492 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25493 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25494 `default-process-coding-system'.
25496 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25500 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25501 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25503 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25504 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25507 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25508 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25509 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25510 `sql-postgres-options'.
25512 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25513 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25515 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25516 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25517 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25518 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25519 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25520 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25521 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25522 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25524 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25525 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25527 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25531 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25532 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25534 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25535 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25538 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25539 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25542 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25543 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25545 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25546 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25547 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25548 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25549 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25550 `default-process-coding-system'.
25552 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25556 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25557 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25559 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25560 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25563 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25566 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25567 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25569 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25570 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25571 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25572 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25574 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25575 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25576 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25577 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25578 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25579 `default-process-coding-system'.
25581 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25585 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25586 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25588 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25589 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25592 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25593 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25594 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25595 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25598 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25599 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25600 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25601 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25604 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25605 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25607 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25613 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25614 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
25615 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25617 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25618 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25622 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25626 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25627 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25628 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25629 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25630 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (19752
25632 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25634 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25635 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25636 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25637 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25638 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25639 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25641 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25643 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25645 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25646 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25647 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25648 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25649 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25650 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25651 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25653 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25655 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25656 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25657 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25658 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25659 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25660 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25661 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25663 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25665 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25666 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25667 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25669 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25671 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25672 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25673 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25675 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25677 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25678 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25680 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25682 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25683 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25687 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25688 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25692 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25693 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25694 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25695 chronologically by command name.
25696 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25698 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25700 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25701 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25702 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25703 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25704 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25705 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25707 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25709 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25710 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25711 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25712 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25713 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25714 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25715 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25717 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25718 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25719 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25720 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25722 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25726 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25727 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25728 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25729 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25731 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25733 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25734 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25740 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25741 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19636 58496))
25742 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25744 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25745 Studlify-case the region.
25747 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25749 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25750 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25752 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25754 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25755 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25761 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
25762 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
25763 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25765 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25766 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
25767 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
25768 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
25769 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
25770 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
25771 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
25772 Here are some examples:
25774 Nomenclature Subwords
25775 ===========================================================
25776 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25777 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25778 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25780 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25781 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25784 \\{subword-mode-map}
25786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25788 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25789 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25790 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25791 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25792 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25793 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25795 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25797 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25798 Toggle Subword mode in every possible buffer.
25799 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Subword mode on if and only if
25801 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25802 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25803 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25809 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25810 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
25811 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25813 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25814 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25815 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25816 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25817 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25818 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25819 original message but it does require a few things:
25821 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25823 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25826 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25827 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25830 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25832 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25834 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25835 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25836 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25842 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (19752
25844 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25846 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25848 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
25849 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25850 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25851 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25852 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25853 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25855 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25857 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25858 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
25859 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
25860 otherwise turn it off.
25862 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25863 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25864 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25870 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (19752 41642))
25871 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25873 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25874 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25875 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25876 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25877 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25879 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25881 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
25882 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25883 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25884 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25885 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25886 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25887 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25889 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25893 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25894 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25895 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25896 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25897 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25898 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25899 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25900 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25901 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25902 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25903 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25904 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25905 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (19752 41642))
25906 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25908 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25909 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25910 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25912 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
25914 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25915 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25917 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
25919 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25920 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25922 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
25924 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25925 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25927 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
25929 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
25930 Insert an editable text table.
25931 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25932 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25933 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25934 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25935 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25936 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25941 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25943 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25948 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25949 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25950 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25951 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25954 +-----+-----+-----+
25956 +-----+-----+-----+
25958 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25960 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25961 width, which results as
25963 +--------------+-----+-----+
25965 +--------------+-----+-----+
25967 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25968 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25970 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25972 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25974 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25975 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25976 width information to `table-insert'.
25978 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25984 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25987 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25988 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25990 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25993 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25995 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25997 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26000 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26003 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26005 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26007 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26010 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26013 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26016 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26017 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26018 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26020 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26023 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26026 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26029 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26031 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26034 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26037 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26038 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26039 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26040 | | |expected results.-!- |
26041 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26044 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26046 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26050 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26052 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26053 Insert N table row(s).
26054 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26055 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26056 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26057 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26061 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26062 Insert N table column(s).
26063 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26064 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26065 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26066 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26070 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26071 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26072 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26074 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26076 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26077 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26078 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26079 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26080 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26081 all the table specific features.
26083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26085 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26090 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26091 Recognize all tables within region.
26092 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26093 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26094 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26097 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26099 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26102 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26104 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26105 Recognize a table at point.
26106 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26107 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26108 the table specific features.
26110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26112 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26117 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26118 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26119 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26120 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26121 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26122 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26123 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26125 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26127 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26132 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26133 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26134 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26135 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26136 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26137 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26140 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26142 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26143 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26144 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26145 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26146 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26147 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26148 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26153 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26154 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26155 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26156 table's rectangle structure.
26158 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26160 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26161 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26162 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26163 table's rectangle structure.
26167 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26168 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26169 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26170 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26171 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26173 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26175 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26176 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26177 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26179 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26180 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26181 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26182 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26183 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26184 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26185 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26187 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26188 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26189 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26190 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26191 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26192 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26193 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26195 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26196 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26197 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26198 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26199 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26200 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26201 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26202 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26204 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26206 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26207 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26208 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26209 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26211 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26213 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26214 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26215 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26217 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26219 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26220 Split current cell vertically.
26221 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26225 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26226 Split current cell horizontally.
26227 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26231 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26232 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26233 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26235 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26237 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26238 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26239 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26240 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26242 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26244 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26245 Justify cell contents.
26246 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26247 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26248 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26249 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26251 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26253 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26254 Justify cells of a row.
26255 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26256 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26258 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26260 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26261 Justify cells of a column.
26262 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26263 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26265 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26267 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26268 Toggle fixing width mode.
26269 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26270 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26271 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26275 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26276 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26277 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26278 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26279 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26280 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26281 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26282 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26283 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26284 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26285 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26287 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26289 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26290 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26291 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26292 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26293 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26294 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26295 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26296 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26297 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26298 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26299 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26300 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26303 References used for this implementation:
26306 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26309 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26311 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26312 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26313 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26315 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26317 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26318 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26319 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26320 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26321 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26322 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26323 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26324 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26325 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26326 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26327 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26328 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26329 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26330 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26331 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26332 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26333 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26338 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26339 (table-forward-cell 15)
26340 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26341 (table-forward-cell 16)
26342 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26343 (table-forward-cell 1)
26344 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26347 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26348 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26349 (table-forward-cell 1)
26350 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26352 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26354 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26355 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26356 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26357 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26358 consists from cells of same height.
26362 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26363 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26364 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26365 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26366 column must consists from cells of same width.
26370 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26371 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26372 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26373 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26374 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26375 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26376 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26377 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26378 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26379 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26380 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26381 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26382 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26383 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26384 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26393 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26394 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26395 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26398 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26400 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26402 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26404 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26408 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26409 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26410 of each row is optional.
26415 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26416 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26417 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26418 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26419 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26421 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26422 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26424 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26425 expression and raw delimiter regular
26426 expression, it parses the specified text
26427 area and extracts cell items from
26428 non-table text and then forms a table out
26431 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26432 creates a single cell table. The text in
26433 the specified region is placed in that
26436 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26439 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26440 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26441 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26443 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26444 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26445 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26446 | area and extracts cell items from |
26447 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26450 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26451 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26452 | the specified region is placed in that |
26454 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26456 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26457 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26460 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26461 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26462 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26463 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26464 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26465 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26466 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26467 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26468 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26470 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26471 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26472 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26473 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26475 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26477 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26478 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26479 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26481 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26483 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26484 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26485 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26486 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26487 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26493 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (19752 41642))
26494 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26496 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26497 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26499 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26501 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26502 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26508 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (19752 41642))
26509 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26511 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26512 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26513 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26514 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26515 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26516 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26517 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26519 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26520 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26521 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26522 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26524 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26531 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26532 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (19752 41642))
26533 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26535 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26536 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26537 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26538 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26539 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26540 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26542 Variables controlling indentation style:
26544 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26545 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26546 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26548 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26549 documentation for details):
26550 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26551 Controls action of TAB key.
26553 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26554 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26555 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26556 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26557 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26559 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26560 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26568 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26569 Run inferior Tcl process.
26570 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26571 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26575 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26576 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26577 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26579 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26583 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (19752 41642))
26584 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26585 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
26587 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26588 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26589 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26590 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26592 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26593 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26594 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26595 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26596 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26598 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26599 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)"))
26601 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26602 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26603 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26604 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26610 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26611 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
26612 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26614 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26615 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26616 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26617 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26618 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26619 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26621 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26623 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26624 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26625 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26626 commands to use in that buffer.
26628 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26630 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26632 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26633 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26635 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26637 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26638 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26639 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26640 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26641 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26642 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26643 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26644 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26645 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26646 use in that buffer.
26647 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26649 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26653 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (19752
26655 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26657 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26658 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26659 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26660 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26661 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26662 program as keyboard input.
26664 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26665 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26666 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26667 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26669 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26670 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26671 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26672 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26673 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26675 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26677 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26678 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26679 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26680 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26682 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26683 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26684 subprocess started.
26686 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26690 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26691 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
26692 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26694 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26695 Start coverage on function under point.
26701 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19752 41642))
26702 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26704 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26705 Play the Tetris game.
26706 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26707 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26708 as to form complete rows.
26710 tetris-mode keybindings:
26711 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26712 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26713 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26714 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26715 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26716 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26717 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26718 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26719 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26725 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26726 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26727 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26728 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26729 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26730 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26731 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26732 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
26733 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26735 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26736 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26738 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26740 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26741 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26742 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26743 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26744 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26746 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26748 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26749 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26750 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26751 if it matches the first line of the file,
26752 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26754 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26756 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26757 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26758 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26759 if the variable is non-nil.")
26761 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26763 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26764 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26766 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26768 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26769 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26770 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26771 See the documentation of that variable.")
26773 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26775 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26776 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26777 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26778 See the documentation of that variable.")
26780 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26782 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26783 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26784 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26785 See the documentation of that variable.")
26787 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26789 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26790 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26791 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26792 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26793 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26795 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26797 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26798 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26799 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26800 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26802 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26804 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26805 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26806 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26808 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26810 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26811 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26812 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26813 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26815 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26817 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26818 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26819 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26820 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26822 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26824 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26825 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26826 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26827 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26829 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26830 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26833 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26834 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26836 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26839 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26841 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26842 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26843 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26844 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26845 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26847 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26849 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26851 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26852 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26853 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26855 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26857 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26858 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26859 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26860 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26861 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26863 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26865 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26866 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26868 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26870 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26871 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26873 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26875 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26876 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26877 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26878 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26879 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26880 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26881 says which mode to use.
26885 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26887 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26889 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26891 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26892 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26893 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26894 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26895 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26897 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26898 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26899 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26900 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26901 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26902 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26903 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26905 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26906 mismatched $'s or braces.
26909 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26913 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26915 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26916 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26917 tex-dvi-print-command
26918 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26919 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26920 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26921 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26922 tex-dvi-view-command
26923 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26924 tex-show-queue-command
26925 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26926 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26928 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26929 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26930 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26934 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26935 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26936 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26937 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26938 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26940 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26941 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26942 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26943 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26944 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26945 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26946 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26948 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26949 mismatched $'s or braces.
26956 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26958 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26959 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26960 tex-dvi-print-command
26961 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26962 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26963 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26964 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26965 tex-dvi-view-command
26966 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26967 tex-show-queue-command
26968 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26969 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26971 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26972 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26973 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26977 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26978 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26979 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26980 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26981 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26983 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26984 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26985 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26986 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26987 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26988 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26989 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26991 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26992 mismatched $'s or braces.
26995 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26999 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27001 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27002 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27003 tex-dvi-print-command
27004 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27005 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27006 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27007 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27008 tex-dvi-view-command
27009 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27010 tex-show-queue-command
27011 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27012 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27014 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27015 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27016 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27017 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27021 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27026 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27027 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27033 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27034 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (19752 41642))
27035 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27037 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27038 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27039 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27040 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27042 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27043 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27044 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27046 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27048 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27049 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27050 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27051 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27052 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27054 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27056 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27057 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27058 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27059 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27061 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27062 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27063 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27064 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27066 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27067 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27069 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27073 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27074 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19752 41642))
27075 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27077 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27078 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27080 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27082 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27083 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27085 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27087 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27088 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27090 It has these extra commands:
27091 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27093 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27094 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27095 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27096 modified version of TeX input format.
27098 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27099 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27100 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27101 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27103 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27104 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27105 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27106 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27107 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27108 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27109 in the Texinfo file.
27111 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27112 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27113 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27114 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27115 move forward past the closing brace.
27117 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27118 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27120 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27121 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27122 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27124 Here are the functions:
27126 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27127 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27128 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27130 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27131 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27132 texinfo-master-menu
27134 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27136 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27137 which menu descriptions are indented.
27139 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27140 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27143 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27144 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27145 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27146 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27148 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27149 be the first node in the file.
27151 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27152 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27158 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27159 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27160 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
27161 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27163 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27164 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27165 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27166 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27168 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27170 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27171 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27173 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27175 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27176 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27180 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27183 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27187 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27188 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27189 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (19752 41642))
27190 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27192 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27193 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27195 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27197 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27198 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27199 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27200 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27201 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27203 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27204 a symbol as a valid THING.
27206 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27207 of the textual entity that was found.
27209 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27211 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27212 Return the THING at point.
27213 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27214 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27215 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27217 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27218 a symbol as a valid THING.
27220 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27222 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27223 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27227 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27228 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27232 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27233 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27237 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27238 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27244 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27245 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27246 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
27247 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27249 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27250 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27254 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27255 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27256 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27257 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27259 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27261 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27262 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27266 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27267 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27271 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27273 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27274 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27280 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27281 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27282 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27283 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27284 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (19752
27286 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27288 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27289 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27290 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27294 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27295 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27297 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27299 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27300 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27301 The returned string has no composition information.
27303 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27305 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27306 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27308 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27310 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27311 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27313 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27315 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27316 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27317 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27318 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27320 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27322 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27323 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27324 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27325 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27327 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27329 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27330 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27331 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27335 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27336 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27337 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27341 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27344 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27346 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27349 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27351 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27354 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27358 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27359 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
27360 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27362 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27363 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27364 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27365 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27367 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27369 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27371 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27372 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27373 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27374 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27376 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27382 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27383 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27384 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (19752 41642))
27385 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27387 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27388 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27390 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27391 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27393 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27394 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27395 This display updates automatically every minute.
27396 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27397 are displayed as well.
27398 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27402 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27403 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27404 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27405 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27406 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27407 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27409 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27411 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27412 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27413 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27415 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute
27416 \(you can control the number of seconds between updates by
27417 customizing `display-time-interval').
27418 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27419 are displayed as well.
27420 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27422 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27424 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27425 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27426 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27427 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27431 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27432 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27433 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27434 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27436 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27438 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27439 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27445 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27446 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27447 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27448 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
27449 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
27450 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27452 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27453 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27454 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27456 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27457 (if (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27458 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time)))
27460 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27461 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
27462 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27464 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27465 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27467 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27469 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27470 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27472 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27474 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27475 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27477 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27479 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27480 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27481 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27483 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27485 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27487 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27488 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27489 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27491 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27493 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27494 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27496 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27498 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27499 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27500 DATE should be a date-time string.
27502 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27504 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27505 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27506 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27508 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27510 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27511 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27513 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27515 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27516 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27518 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27520 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27521 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27522 TIME should be a time value.
27523 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27525 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27527 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27528 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27529 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27531 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27533 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27534 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27535 The valid format specifiers are:
27536 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27537 %d is the number of days.
27538 %h is the number of hours.
27539 %m is the number of minutes.
27540 %s is the number of seconds.
27541 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27542 %% is a literal \"%\".
27544 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27545 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27547 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27548 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27549 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27551 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27552 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27553 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27555 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27557 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27561 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27562 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (19752 41642))
27563 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27564 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27565 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27566 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27567 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27568 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27569 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27570 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27571 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27573 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27574 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27575 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27576 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27577 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27578 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27579 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27580 look like one of the following:
27583 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27584 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27585 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27586 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27587 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27588 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27589 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27594 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27595 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27596 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27602 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27603 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27604 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27605 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27606 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
27607 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27609 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
27610 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27611 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27612 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27613 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27614 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27615 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27616 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27617 display (non-nil means on).
27619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27621 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27622 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27623 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27624 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27625 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27626 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27627 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27628 this function is called within a day.
27630 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27631 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27632 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27633 discover the name of the project.
27635 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27637 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27638 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27639 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27640 begun during the last time segment.
27642 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27643 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27644 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27645 discover the reason.
27647 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27649 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27650 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27651 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27652 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27653 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27655 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27657 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27658 Change to working on a different project.
27659 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27660 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27661 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27664 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27666 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27667 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27668 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27672 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27673 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27674 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27678 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27679 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27680 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27681 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27682 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27683 \"relative to today\".
27685 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27687 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27688 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27689 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27690 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27692 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27694 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27695 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27696 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27697 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27698 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27699 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27701 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27705 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27706 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (19752 41642))
27707 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27709 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27710 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27711 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27712 the generated Quail package is saved.
27714 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27716 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27717 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27718 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27719 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27720 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27721 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27722 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27724 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27728 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27729 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (19757 3579))
27730 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27731 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27732 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27734 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27735 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27736 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27737 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27738 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27740 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27742 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27743 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27744 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27745 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27746 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27748 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27750 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27751 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27752 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27753 in the menu in two ways:
27754 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27755 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27756 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27758 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27759 keymap or an alist of alists.
27760 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27761 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27763 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27767 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27768 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27769 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (19752 41642))
27770 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27772 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
27773 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27775 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
27777 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
27778 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27780 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27782 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
27783 Insert new TODO list entry.
27784 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27789 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
27790 List top priorities for each category.
27792 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27793 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
27795 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27796 between each category.
27797 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
27799 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27801 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
27802 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27803 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27804 between each category.
27806 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27808 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27810 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27811 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27817 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
27818 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27822 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27829 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27830 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
27831 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (19752 41642))
27832 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27834 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27835 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27836 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27840 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
27842 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27843 Add an item to the tool bar.
27844 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27845 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27846 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27847 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27849 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27850 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27851 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27852 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27854 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27855 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27857 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27859 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27860 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27861 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27862 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27863 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27864 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27866 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27867 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27868 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27869 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27871 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27873 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27874 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27875 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27876 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27877 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27878 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27879 properties to add to the binding.
27881 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27883 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27884 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27886 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27888 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27889 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27890 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27891 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27892 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27893 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27894 properties to add to the binding.
27896 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27899 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27903 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27904 ;;;;;; (19752 41899))
27905 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27907 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27908 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27909 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27910 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27911 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27912 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27914 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
27916 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
27919 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27921 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
27923 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
27924 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27930 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
27931 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
27932 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
27934 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
27935 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
27937 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
27938 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
27939 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
27940 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
27941 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
27943 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
27944 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
27945 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
27946 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
27947 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
27949 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
27954 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
27955 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
27956 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
27957 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
27958 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
27959 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
27965 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (19752 41642))
27966 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27968 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
27969 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27970 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27971 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27972 to a tcp server on another machine.
27974 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27978 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27979 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19752 41642))
27980 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27982 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
27983 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27985 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
27987 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
27988 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27989 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27990 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27991 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27992 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27993 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27994 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27996 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27998 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
27999 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28000 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28001 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28002 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28003 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28004 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28005 the window or buffer configuration.
28007 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28009 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28013 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28014 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28015 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28016 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (19757 3579))
28017 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28019 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28020 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28021 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28023 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28025 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28026 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28028 It can have the following values:
28030 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28031 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28032 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28034 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28036 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):") "\
28037 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28038 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28039 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28041 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28043 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28044 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28045 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28046 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28048 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28049 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28050 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28052 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28053 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28054 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28055 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28056 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28057 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28058 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28059 files which are not really Tramp files.
28061 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28062 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28063 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28064 updated after changing this variable.
28066 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28068 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "\\`/") "\
28069 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28070 Usually, it is just \"\\\\`/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28071 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28073 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'") (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*\\'")) "\
28074 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28075 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28076 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28078 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28080 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'") "\
28081 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28082 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28083 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28085 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'") "\
28086 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28087 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28089 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28090 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28091 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28093 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28094 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28095 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28096 updated after changing this variable.
28098 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28100 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28101 Alist of completion handler functions.
28102 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28103 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28104 normal Emacs functions.")
28106 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28107 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28108 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28109 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28111 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28112 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28113 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28114 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28116 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28117 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28118 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28120 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28122 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28123 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28124 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28126 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28127 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28128 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28130 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28135 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28136 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28138 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28140 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28141 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28143 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28145 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28146 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28152 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28153 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
28154 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28156 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28163 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (19752
28165 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28167 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28168 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28169 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28170 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28171 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28172 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28173 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28174 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28176 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28177 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28178 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28180 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28181 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28184 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28188 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28189 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
28190 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28192 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28195 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28199 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28200 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (19752 41642))
28201 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28202 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28203 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28204 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28206 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28207 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28208 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28209 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28210 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28211 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28212 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28214 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28216 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28217 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28218 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28219 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28221 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28225 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28226 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28227 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28228 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28229 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28230 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28231 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28233 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28234 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28236 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28239 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28241 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28247 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28248 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28249 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28250 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28251 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
28252 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28254 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28255 Toggle typing break mode.
28256 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28257 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28258 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28260 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28262 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28263 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28265 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28267 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28268 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28270 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28271 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28272 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28274 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28275 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28277 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28279 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28280 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28282 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28283 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28284 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28285 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28287 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28289 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28290 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28291 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28293 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28294 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28295 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28296 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28297 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28298 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28300 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28301 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28302 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28303 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28305 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28306 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28308 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28309 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28311 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
28313 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28314 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28315 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28317 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28318 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28319 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28320 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28321 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28322 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28323 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28325 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28326 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28328 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28329 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28330 reset the keystroke counter.
28332 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28333 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28334 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28335 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28337 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28338 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28339 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28340 `type-break-schedule' command.
28342 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28343 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28344 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28345 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28346 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28347 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28348 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28349 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28350 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28352 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28353 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28354 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28355 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28356 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28358 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28359 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28360 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28361 approximate good values for this.
28363 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28364 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28366 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28367 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28368 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28369 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28370 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28371 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28373 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28374 a typing break occur. They include:
28376 `type-break-query-mode'
28377 `type-break-query-function'
28378 `type-break-query-interval'
28380 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28382 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28383 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28384 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28387 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28389 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28390 Take a typing break.
28392 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28393 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28395 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28396 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28400 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28401 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28402 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28403 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28407 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28408 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28410 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28411 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28412 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28413 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28414 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28415 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28416 average typing speed.)
28418 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28419 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28420 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28421 the computed maximum threshold.
28423 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28424 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28425 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28426 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28427 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28429 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28433 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19752 41642))
28434 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28436 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28437 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28438 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28439 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28440 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28442 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28446 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
28447 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
28448 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
28449 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
28450 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
28451 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (19752 41642))
28452 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28454 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28455 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28457 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28459 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28460 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28462 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28464 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28465 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28467 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28469 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28470 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28472 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28474 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28475 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28477 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28479 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28480 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28482 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28484 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28485 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28487 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28489 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28490 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28492 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28494 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28495 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28497 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28499 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28500 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28502 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28504 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28505 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28507 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28509 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28510 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28512 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28516 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28517 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (19752 41642))
28518 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28520 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28521 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28522 Works by overstriking underscores.
28523 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28524 which specify the range to operate on.
28526 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28528 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28529 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28530 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28531 which specify the range to operate on.
28533 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28537 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28538 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
28539 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28541 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28542 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
28543 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28544 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28545 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28546 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28550 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28551 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28553 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28557 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (19752
28559 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28561 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28562 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28563 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28564 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28566 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28570 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28571 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (19752 41642))
28572 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28574 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28575 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28576 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28578 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28579 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28580 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28581 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28582 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28583 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28585 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28586 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28587 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28589 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28590 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28591 the callback is not called).
28593 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28594 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28595 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28598 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28600 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28601 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28602 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28603 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28604 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28606 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28610 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28611 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (19752 41642))
28612 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28614 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28615 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28616 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28618 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28619 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28620 `url-generic-parse-url'
28621 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28622 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28623 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28625 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28626 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28627 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28628 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28629 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28630 what type of auth to use
28631 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28632 if one cannot be found in the cache
28634 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28636 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28637 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28639 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28640 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28641 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28642 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28643 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28644 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28645 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28646 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28648 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28652 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28653 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (19752
28655 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28657 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28658 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28660 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28662 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28663 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28664 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28666 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28668 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28669 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28671 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28673 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
28674 Return t if a cached file has expired.
28676 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28680 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (19752 41642))
28681 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28683 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28686 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28690 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28691 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (19752 41642))
28692 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28694 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28697 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28699 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28702 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28706 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19752
28708 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28710 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28711 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28713 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28717 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28718 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (19752 41642))
28719 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28721 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28722 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28726 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28727 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28728 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28729 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28730 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28732 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28736 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28737 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28738 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
28739 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28741 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28742 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28743 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28745 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28746 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28748 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28750 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28751 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28755 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28756 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28757 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28758 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28760 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28762 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28763 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28764 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28765 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28766 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28767 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28768 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28769 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28770 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28771 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28773 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28775 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28776 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28777 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28780 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28782 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28785 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28789 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28790 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (19752 41642))
28791 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28793 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
28794 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28795 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28796 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28797 CBARGS as the arguments.
28799 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28801 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
28804 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28806 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
28808 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
28811 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28813 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
28814 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28815 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28817 Property list members:
28820 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28824 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28828 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28831 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28834 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28835 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28836 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28839 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28841 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28842 Default HTTPS port.")
28844 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28845 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28846 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28848 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28849 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28850 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28851 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28852 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28856 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (19752 41642))
28857 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28859 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28862 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28866 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (19752
28868 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28870 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28871 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28872 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28873 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28874 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28876 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28880 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28881 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
28882 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28884 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28887 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28889 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28890 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28892 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28896 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28897 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (19752 41642))
28898 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28900 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28901 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28903 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28905 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28906 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28908 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28910 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28913 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28915 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28917 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28919 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28921 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28922 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28924 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28928 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28929 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
28930 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28932 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28935 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28937 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28940 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28944 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28945 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28946 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
28947 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28949 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28952 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28954 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28957 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28959 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28962 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28964 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28967 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28969 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28972 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28974 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28977 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28979 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28982 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28986 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28987 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (19752 41642))
28988 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28990 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28991 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28993 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28995 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28996 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28997 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28998 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
29000 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29004 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29005 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
29006 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29008 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29009 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29015 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29016 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29017 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29018 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29019 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29020 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29021 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (19752 41642))
29022 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29024 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29025 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29026 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29028 If t, all messages will be logged.
29029 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29030 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29032 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29034 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29037 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29039 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29042 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29044 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29045 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29046 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29047 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29048 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29054 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29056 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29057 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29058 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29060 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29062 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29063 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29064 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29066 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29068 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29069 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29071 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29073 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29074 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29078 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29079 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29083 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29088 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29091 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29093 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29096 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29098 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29100 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29101 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29103 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29105 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29106 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29108 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29110 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29113 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29115 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29116 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29117 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29118 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29119 forbidden in URL encoding.
29121 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29123 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29124 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29125 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29126 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29127 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29128 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29130 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29132 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29133 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29134 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29135 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29137 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29139 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29140 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29141 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29143 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29145 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29146 View the current document's URL.
29147 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29150 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29152 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29156 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29157 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (19752 41642))
29158 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29160 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29161 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29162 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29163 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29164 to refrain from editing the file
29165 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29166 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29167 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29168 in any way you like.
29170 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29172 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29173 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29174 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29175 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29176 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29178 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29179 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29185 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29186 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29187 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (19752 41642))
29188 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29190 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29193 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29195 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29198 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29200 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29203 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29205 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29208 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29212 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29213 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29214 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
29215 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29217 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29218 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29219 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29220 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29222 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29224 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29225 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29226 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29228 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29230 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29231 Uudecode region between START and END.
29232 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29234 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29238 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29239 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29240 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
29241 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
29242 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-diff vc-version-diff
29243 ;;;;;; vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
29244 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (19752 41642))
29245 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29247 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29248 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29251 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29253 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29254 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29255 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29257 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29259 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29260 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29263 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29265 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29266 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29267 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29269 For locking systems:
29270 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29272 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29273 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29274 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29275 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29276 it performs a revert on that file.
29277 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29278 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29279 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29280 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29281 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29282 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29283 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29285 For merging systems:
29286 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29287 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29288 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29289 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29290 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29291 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29292 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29293 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29294 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29296 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29298 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29299 Register into a version control system.
29300 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29301 Otherwise register the current file.
29302 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29303 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29305 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29306 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29307 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29308 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29309 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29310 first backend that could register the file is used.
29312 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29314 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29315 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29317 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29319 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29320 Display diffs between file revisions.
29321 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29322 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29323 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29325 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29328 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29330 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29331 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29332 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29333 fileset with the working revision.
29334 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29335 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29337 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29340 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29342 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29343 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29344 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29345 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29349 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29350 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29351 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29352 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29356 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29357 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
29358 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29359 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29360 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29361 from the current branch.
29363 See Info node `Merging'.
29367 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29369 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29370 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29371 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29372 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29373 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29374 checked out in that new branch.
29376 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29378 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29379 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29380 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29381 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29382 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29383 allowed and simply skipped).
29385 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29387 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29388 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29389 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29390 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29391 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29393 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29394 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29396 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29398 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29399 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29400 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29401 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29402 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29404 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29406 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29407 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29408 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
29410 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29412 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29413 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29414 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29416 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29418 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29419 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29420 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29421 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29425 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29426 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29427 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29428 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29432 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29434 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29435 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
29436 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
29437 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
29438 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
29439 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
29443 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29444 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29445 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29446 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29447 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29448 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29449 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29451 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29453 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29454 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29455 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29456 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29457 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29458 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29459 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29460 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29461 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29463 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29465 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29466 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29470 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29471 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29473 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29475 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29476 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29477 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29480 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29482 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29483 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29484 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29486 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29487 log entries should be gathered.
29489 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29491 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29492 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29494 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29498 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc-annotate.el" (19752
29500 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-annotate.el
29502 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29503 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29505 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29506 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29507 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29508 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29509 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29510 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29512 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29513 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29514 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29515 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29516 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29517 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29518 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29519 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29521 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29523 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29525 Customization variables:
29527 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29528 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29529 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29530 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29532 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (19752 41642))
29537 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29538 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29539 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29542 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (19752 41642))
29547 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29549 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29550 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29552 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29553 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29554 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29557 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (19752 41642))
29562 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29563 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29564 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29565 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29567 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29571 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc-dir.el" (19752 41642))
29572 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dir.el
29574 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29575 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29576 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29577 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29578 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29580 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29581 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29582 The file lines appear later.
29584 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29585 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29587 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29589 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29591 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29595 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc-dispatcher.el"
29596 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
29597 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dispatcher.el
29599 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29600 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29601 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29602 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29603 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29604 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29605 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29606 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29607 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29608 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29609 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29610 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29611 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29612 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29613 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29615 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (19752 41642))
29620 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29621 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29622 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29623 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29626 (vc-git-registered file))))
29630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (19752 41642))
29631 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29632 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29633 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29634 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29637 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (19752 41642))
29642 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29644 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29646 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29647 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29648 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29651 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29655 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29656 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
29657 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29659 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29660 Where to look for RCS master files.
29661 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29663 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29665 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29669 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29670 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
29671 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29673 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29674 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29675 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29677 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29678 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29680 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29681 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29682 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29683 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (19752 41642))
29688 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29689 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29690 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29691 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29694 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29695 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29696 (file-name-directory f)))
29698 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29702 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29703 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
29704 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29705 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29707 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29708 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29713 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29714 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29715 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29716 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29718 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29719 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29720 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29723 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29724 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29726 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29727 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29729 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29730 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29731 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29733 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29739 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29740 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29742 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29744 Official distribution is at
29745 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29748 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29749 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29760 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29761 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
29762 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29764 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29765 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29766 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29767 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29768 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29770 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29772 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29773 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29775 Supports highlighting.
29777 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29778 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29780 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29782 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29783 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29784 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29785 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29786 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29787 on the left side of your screen.
29788 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29789 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29790 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29791 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29792 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29793 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29795 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29796 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29797 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29798 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29801 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29802 Indentation for case statements.
29803 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29804 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29806 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29807 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29808 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29809 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29810 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29811 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29812 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29813 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29814 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29816 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29820 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29821 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29822 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29823 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29824 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29825 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29826 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29827 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29828 comments in tight quarters.
29829 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29830 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29832 Variables controlling other actions:
29834 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29835 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29836 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29838 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29840 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29842 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29843 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29844 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29846 Some other functions are:
29848 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29849 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29850 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29851 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29852 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29854 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29855 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29856 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29857 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29859 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29860 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29861 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29862 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29863 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29864 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29865 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29866 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29867 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29868 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29869 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29870 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29871 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29872 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29873 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29874 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29875 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29876 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29877 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29878 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29879 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29880 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29881 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29882 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29883 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29884 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29885 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29886 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29888 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29889 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29891 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29897 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29898 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
29899 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29901 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29902 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29907 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29908 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29909 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29910 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29911 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29912 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29913 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29914 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29915 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29917 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29918 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29919 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29920 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29922 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29923 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29924 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29925 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29926 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29928 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29929 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29933 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29934 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29935 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29939 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29940 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29941 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29942 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29944 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29945 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29946 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29947 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29948 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29952 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29953 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29954 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29955 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29957 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29958 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29959 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29960 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29961 beginning with \"std\").
29963 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29964 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29965 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29970 `--' puts a single comment.
29971 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29972 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29973 with a comment in between.
29974 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29975 out following lines.
29976 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29977 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29979 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29980 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29981 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29982 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29983 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29986 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29987 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29988 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29989 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29990 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29991 multi-line comments.
29995 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29996 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29997 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29998 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30000 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30001 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30002 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30003 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30005 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30006 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30009 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30010 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30014 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30015 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30016 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30017 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30018 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30019 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30020 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30021 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30023 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30024 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30025 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30026 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30027 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30030 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30031 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30032 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30034 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30035 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30039 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30040 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30041 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30042 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30043 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30044 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30047 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30048 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30049 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30050 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30053 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30057 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30058 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30059 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30060 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30061 internal signal initializations (menu).
30063 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30064 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30065 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30067 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30068 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30069 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30070 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30071 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30072 in subsequent paste operations.)
30074 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30075 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30076 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30079 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30080 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30081 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30082 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30083 association list with formals).
30086 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30087 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30088 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30089 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30090 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30091 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30092 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30093 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30098 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30102 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30106 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30107 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30108 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30110 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30111 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30114 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30115 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30116 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30117 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30119 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30120 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30121 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30123 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30124 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30125 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30126 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30128 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30129 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30130 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30131 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30132 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30134 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30135 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30136 required by secondary units.
30139 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30140 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30141 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30142 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30143 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30144 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30145 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30146 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30147 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30148 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30149 inputs to this component -> input port created
30150 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30151 outputs from this component -> output port created
30152 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30153 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30155 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30156 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30157 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30158 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30159 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30161 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30162 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30164 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30165 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30166 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30167 component instantiation is also supported (option
30168 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30170 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30171 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30172 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30173 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30174 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30175 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30176 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30177 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30178 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30179 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30180 | generating the configuration.
30182 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30183 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30184 | configurations in speedbar.
30186 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30189 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30190 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30191 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30192 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30193 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30194 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30195 information. New compilers can be added.
30197 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30198 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30201 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30202 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30203 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30204 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30205 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30207 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30210 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30211 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30212 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30214 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30215 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30216 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30217 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30218 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30219 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30220 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30223 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30224 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30225 not (yet) supported.
30226 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30227 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30228 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30232 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30233 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30234 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30235 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30236 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30237 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30238 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30239 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30241 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30242 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30243 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30244 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30245 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30246 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30247 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30248 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30249 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30250 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30251 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30255 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30256 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30257 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30258 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30259 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30260 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30261 current directory for VHDL source files.
30265 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30266 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30270 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30271 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30272 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30273 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30274 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30275 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30276 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30277 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30280 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30281 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30282 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30283 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30284 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30285 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30286 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30288 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30289 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30290 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30291 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30292 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30293 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30295 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30296 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30297 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30298 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30299 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30302 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30303 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30304 highlighted if written in lower case.
30306 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30307 highlighted using a different background color if option
30308 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30310 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30311 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30312 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30313 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30314 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30318 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30319 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30320 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30324 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30325 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30326 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30327 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30328 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30332 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30333 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30335 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30336 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30337 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30338 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30339 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30340 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30341 (used to obtain the port names).
30345 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30346 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30350 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30351 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30352 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30353 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30354 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30355 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30356 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30361 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30362 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30363 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30364 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30365 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30367 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30368 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30369 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30370 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30371 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30374 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30375 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30379 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30380 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30381 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30383 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30387 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30388 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30390 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30392 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30394 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30398 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30404 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30405 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30407 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30409 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30410 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30411 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30412 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30414 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30415 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
30416 where the latest version can be found.
30422 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30423 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30424 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30427 The VHDL Mode Authors
30428 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30439 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (19636 58496))
30440 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30442 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30443 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30444 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30445 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30447 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30448 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30449 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30450 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30451 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30453 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30454 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30456 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30458 * Limitations and unsupported features
30459 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30461 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30462 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30465 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30466 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30467 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30468 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30469 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30470 for undoing a repeated change command.
30471 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30472 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30473 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30476 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30477 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30478 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30479 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30480 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30481 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30482 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30483 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30485 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30491 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30492 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30493 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30494 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (19752 41642))
30495 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30497 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30498 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30500 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30502 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30503 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30504 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30505 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30507 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30509 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30510 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30514 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30515 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30516 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30517 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30519 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30521 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30522 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30526 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30529 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30531 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30534 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30538 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30539 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30540 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30541 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30542 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (19752 41642))
30543 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30545 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30546 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30547 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30549 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30551 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30552 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30553 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30554 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30556 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30558 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30559 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30561 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30563 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30564 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30565 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30566 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30567 moving around in the buffer.
30568 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30569 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30571 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30575 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30576 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30577 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30578 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30580 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30581 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30582 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30583 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30584 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30586 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30590 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30591 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30592 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30593 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30596 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30597 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30598 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30599 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30600 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30602 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30606 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30607 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30608 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30609 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30610 moving around in the buffer.
30611 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30612 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30614 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30616 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30617 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30618 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30620 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30621 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30622 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30623 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30625 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30627 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30628 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30629 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30630 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30631 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30632 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30633 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30634 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30636 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30638 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30639 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30640 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30642 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30644 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30645 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30646 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30647 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30648 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30649 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30650 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30651 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30653 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30655 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30656 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30657 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30659 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30661 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30662 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30663 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30666 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30667 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30668 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30671 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30672 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30673 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30674 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30675 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30677 H, h, ? This message.
30678 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30679 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30680 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30681 > move to the end of buffer.
30682 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30683 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30684 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30685 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30686 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30687 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30688 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30689 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30690 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30691 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30692 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30693 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30694 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30695 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30696 Use this to view a changing file.
30697 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30698 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30699 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30701 x exchanges point and mark.
30702 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30703 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30704 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30705 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30706 ' go to position saved in character register.
30707 s do forward incremental search.
30708 r do reverse incremental search.
30709 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30710 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30711 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30712 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30713 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30714 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30715 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30716 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30717 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30718 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30719 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30720 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30721 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30722 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30723 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30724 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30725 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30727 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30728 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30729 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30730 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30731 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30732 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30733 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30734 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30735 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30737 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30741 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30742 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30743 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30744 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30745 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
30746 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30747 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30748 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30749 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30751 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30753 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30754 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30755 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
30756 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
30757 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
30758 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30759 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30761 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
30762 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30763 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
30764 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
30765 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30767 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
30768 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
30770 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30771 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30772 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30773 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
30775 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30777 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30779 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30781 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30782 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30788 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (19752
30790 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30792 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30793 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30797 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30798 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30804 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30805 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
30806 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30808 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30809 Toggle Viper on/off.
30810 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30814 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30815 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30821 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30822 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
30823 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30825 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30826 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30827 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30828 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30829 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30830 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30831 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30832 the beginning of the warning.")
30834 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30835 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30836 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30837 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30838 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30839 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30840 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30841 also call that function before the next warning.")
30843 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30844 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30846 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30847 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30848 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30849 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30851 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30852 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30853 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30854 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30855 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30856 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30858 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30859 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30860 Default is :warning.
30862 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30863 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30864 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30865 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30866 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30867 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30869 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30870 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30871 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30873 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30875 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30876 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30878 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30880 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30881 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30882 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30883 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30885 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30886 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30887 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30888 can be whatever you like.)
30890 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30891 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30893 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30894 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30895 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30896 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30897 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30899 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30901 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30902 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30903 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30904 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30905 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30907 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30911 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30912 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
30913 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30915 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30916 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30917 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30918 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30919 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30928 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (19752 41642))
30929 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30931 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30932 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30934 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30937 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30944 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30945 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
30946 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30947 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30948 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30950 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
30952 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30953 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30954 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30955 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30956 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30957 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30959 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
30961 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
30962 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30963 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30964 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30966 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
30969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30973 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
30974 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
30975 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
30976 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (19757 3579))
30977 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30979 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30980 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
30982 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
30983 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30984 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30986 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30987 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30991 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30992 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
30994 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
30995 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30996 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30998 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
30999 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31000 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31001 use `whitespace-mode'.
31003 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31007 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31008 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31009 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31010 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31011 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31012 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31014 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31016 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31017 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
31019 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31020 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31021 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31023 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31024 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31028 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31029 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31030 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31031 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31032 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31033 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31035 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31037 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31038 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
31040 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31041 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31042 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31044 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31045 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31046 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31047 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31049 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31053 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31054 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31056 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31057 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31059 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31060 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31062 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31066 f toggle face visualization
31067 t toggle TAB visualization
31068 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31069 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31070 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31071 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31072 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31073 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31074 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31075 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31076 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31077 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31078 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31079 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31080 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31081 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31082 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31084 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31085 T toggle TAB visualization
31086 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31087 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31089 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31090 ? display brief help
31092 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31093 The valid symbols are:
31095 face toggle face visualization
31096 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31097 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31098 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31099 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31100 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31101 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31102 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31103 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31104 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31105 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31106 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31107 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31108 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31109 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31110 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31111 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31113 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31114 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31115 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31117 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31119 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31123 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31124 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31126 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31127 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31129 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31130 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31132 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31136 f toggle face visualization
31137 t toggle TAB visualization
31138 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31139 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31140 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31141 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31142 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31143 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31144 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31145 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31146 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31147 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31148 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31149 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31150 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31151 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31152 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31154 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31155 T toggle TAB visualization
31156 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31157 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31159 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31160 ? display brief help
31162 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31163 The valid symbols are:
31165 face toggle face visualization
31166 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31167 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31168 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31169 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31170 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31171 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31172 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31173 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31174 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31175 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31176 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31177 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31178 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31179 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31180 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31181 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31183 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31184 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31185 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31187 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31189 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31193 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31194 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31196 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31197 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31198 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31199 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31200 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31202 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31204 The problems cleaned up are:
31206 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31207 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31208 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31209 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31211 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31212 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31213 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31214 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31216 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31217 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31218 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31219 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31221 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31222 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31223 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31224 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31225 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31226 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31227 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31228 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31230 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31231 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31232 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31234 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31235 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31236 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31237 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31238 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31239 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31240 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31241 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31243 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31248 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31249 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31251 The problems cleaned up are:
31253 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31254 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31255 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31256 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31258 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31259 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31260 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31261 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31263 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31264 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31265 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31266 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31267 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31268 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31269 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31270 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31272 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31273 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31274 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31276 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31277 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31278 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31279 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31280 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31281 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31282 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31283 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31285 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31288 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31290 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31291 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31293 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31296 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31297 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31298 `whitespace-style' to have:
31306 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31307 whitespace problems in buffer.
31309 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31311 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31312 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31313 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31314 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31315 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31316 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31317 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31319 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31320 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31321 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31322 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31323 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31324 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31325 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31327 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31328 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31329 cleaning up these problems.
31331 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31333 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31334 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31336 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31339 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31340 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31341 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31349 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31350 whitespace problems in buffer.
31352 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31354 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31355 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31356 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31357 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31358 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31359 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31360 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31362 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31363 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31364 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31365 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31366 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31367 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31368 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31370 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31371 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31372 cleaning up these problems.
31374 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31378 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31379 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (19752 41642))
31380 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31382 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31383 Browse the widget under point.
31387 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31388 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31390 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31392 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31393 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31395 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31397 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31398 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
31399 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31401 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31405 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31406 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (19752
31408 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31410 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31411 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31413 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31415 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31416 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31417 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31419 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31421 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31422 Create widget of TYPE.
31423 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31425 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31427 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31430 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31432 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31433 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31435 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31437 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31438 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31439 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31440 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31442 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31443 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31449 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31450 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (19752
31452 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31454 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31455 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31456 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31457 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31458 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31459 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31460 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31464 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31465 Select the window above the current one.
31466 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31467 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31468 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31469 negative ARG) of the current window.
31470 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31474 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31475 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31476 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31477 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31478 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31479 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31480 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31484 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31485 Select the window below the current one.
31486 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31487 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31488 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31489 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31490 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31494 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31495 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31496 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31497 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31499 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31503 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31504 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
31505 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31507 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31508 Toggle Winner mode.
31509 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31510 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31512 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31514 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31515 Toggle Winner mode.
31516 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31518 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31522 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
31523 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (19752 41642))
31524 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31526 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31527 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31528 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31529 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31530 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31532 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31534 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31535 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31536 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31537 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31538 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31539 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31540 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31541 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31543 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31544 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31546 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31548 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31549 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31553 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31554 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31555 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31556 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31557 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31558 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31559 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31560 `woman' command for further details.
31562 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31566 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31567 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
31568 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31570 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31571 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31574 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31575 are not implemented
31576 - Options for search and replace
31577 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31578 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31580 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31583 The key bindings are:
31593 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31595 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31596 C-l ws-repeat-search
31599 C-r scroll-down-line
31606 C-y kill-complete-line
31609 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31610 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31611 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31612 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31613 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31614 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31615 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31616 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31617 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31618 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31619 C-k b ws-begin-block
31620 C-k c ws-copy-block
31621 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31623 C-k h ws-show-markers
31624 C-k i ws-indent-block
31626 C-k p ws-print-block
31629 C-k s save-some-buffers
31631 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31632 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31633 C-k v ws-move-block
31634 C-k w ws-write-block
31636 C-k y ws-delete-block
31638 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31639 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31640 C-o j justify-current-line
31643 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31644 C-o r set-fill-column
31645 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31646 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31647 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31648 C-o wo other-window
31649 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31651 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31652 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31653 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31654 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31655 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31656 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31657 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31658 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31659 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31660 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31661 C-q a ws-query-replace
31662 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31663 C-q c end-of-buffer
31666 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31668 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31669 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31670 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31671 C-q w ws-last-error
31673 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31679 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (19752 41642))
31680 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
31682 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
31683 Perform an interactive search.
31684 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
31685 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
31686 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
31687 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
31689 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
31692 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
31694 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
31698 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31699 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
31700 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31702 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31703 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31704 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31705 Returns the top node with all its children.
31706 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31707 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31709 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31711 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31712 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31713 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31714 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31715 is not well-formed XML.
31716 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31717 and returned as the first element of the list.
31718 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31720 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31724 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
31725 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (19752 41642))
31726 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31728 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31729 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31730 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31731 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31732 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31733 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31734 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31735 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31736 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31737 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31739 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31743 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (19752
31745 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31747 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31748 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31749 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31750 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31751 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31752 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31754 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31756 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31757 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31758 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31761 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31762 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31763 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31764 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31765 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31766 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31772 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31773 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19752 41642))
31774 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31776 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31777 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31779 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31781 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31782 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31788 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31789 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19752 41642))
31790 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31792 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
31793 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31795 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31797 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
31798 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31800 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31802 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
31803 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31804 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31806 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31808 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
31809 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31815 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (19752 41642))
31816 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31818 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31819 Zone out, completely.
31825 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/mode-local.el" "cedet/pulse.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/chart.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-comp.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "foldout.el" "font-setting.el" "format-spec.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "gnus/auth-source.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "ibuf-ext.el" "international/charprop.el" "international/cp51932.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap-hash.el" "net/imap.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/newsticker.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-fish.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-imap.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-exp-blocks.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "org/org-wl.el" "password-cache.el" "patcomp.el" "pcvs-info.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc-dav.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (19783
32018 ;;;;;; 30333 273722))
32022 (provide 'loaddefs)
32023 ;; Local Variables:
32024 ;; version-control: never
32025 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32026 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32029 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here